WO2009132068A2 - Treatment of pluripotent cells - Google Patents

Treatment of pluripotent cells Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009132068A2
WO2009132068A2 PCT/US2009/041356 US2009041356W WO2009132068A2 WO 2009132068 A2 WO2009132068 A2 WO 2009132068A2 US 2009041356 W US2009041356 W US 2009041356W WO 2009132068 A2 WO2009132068 A2 WO 2009132068A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
hydrogen
hydroxy
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/041356
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2009132068A3 (en
Inventor
Janet E. Davis
Jiajian Liu
Original Assignee
Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to EP09735702.4A priority Critical patent/EP2283114B1/en
Priority to RU2010147818/10A priority patent/RU2528764C2/en
Application filed by Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. filed Critical Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc.
Priority to CA2722623A priority patent/CA2722623C/en
Priority to BRPI0910738 priority patent/BRPI0910738A2/en
Priority to JP2011506409A priority patent/JP2011518563A/en
Priority to CN200980124647.2A priority patent/CN102105580B/en
Priority to AU2009239447A priority patent/AU2009239447B2/en
Priority to KR1020167013786A priority patent/KR20160070157A/en
Priority to MX2010011738A priority patent/MX2010011738A/en
Priority to KR1020187023094A priority patent/KR20180091974A/en
Priority to ES09735702.4T priority patent/ES2624713T3/en
Priority to KR1020177026943A priority patent/KR20170110742A/en
Priority to KR1020107025913A priority patent/KR101658876B1/en
Publication of WO2009132068A2 publication Critical patent/WO2009132068A2/en
Publication of WO2009132068A3 publication Critical patent/WO2009132068A3/en
Priority to ZA2010/08392A priority patent/ZA201008392B/en
Priority to PH12014502258A priority patent/PH12014502258A1/en
Priority to PH12014502257A priority patent/PH12014502257A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0676—Pancreatic cells
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0608—Germ cells
    • C12N5/0609—Oocytes, oogonia
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0603—Embryonic cells ; Embryoid bodies
    • C12N5/0606—Pluripotent embryonic cells, e.g. embryonic stem cells [ES]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/10—Growth factors
    • C12N2501/105—Insulin-like growth factors [IGF]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/10—Growth factors
    • C12N2501/115—Basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF, FGF-2)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/10—Growth factors
    • C12N2501/117—Keratinocyte growth factors (KGF-1, i.e. FGF-7; KGF-2, i.e. FGF-12)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/10—Growth factors
    • C12N2501/119—Other fibroblast growth factors, e.g. FGF-4, FGF-8, FGF-10
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/10—Growth factors
    • C12N2501/16—Activin; Inhibin; Mullerian inhibiting substance
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/40—Regulators of development
    • C12N2501/415—Wnt; Frizzeled
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/40—Regulators of development
    • C12N2501/48—Regulators of apoptosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
    • C12N2501/70—Enzymes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2506/00—Differentiation of animal cells from one lineage to another; Differentiation of pluripotent cells
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2506/00—Differentiation of animal cells from one lineage to another; Differentiation of pluripotent cells
    • C12N2506/02—Differentiation of animal cells from one lineage to another; Differentiation of pluripotent cells from embryonic cells

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to methods to treat pluripotent cells, whereby the pluripotent cells can be efficiently expanded in culture and differentiated by treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
  • a pluripotent cell gives rise to a group of cells comprising three germ layers (ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm) in a process known as gastrulation.
  • Tissues such as, for example, thyroid, thymus, pancreas, gut, and liver, will develop from the endoderm, via an intermediate stage.
  • the intermediate stage in this process is the formation of definitive endoderm.
  • Definitive endoderm cells express a number of markers, such as, HNF-3 beta, GATA-4, Mixll, CXCR4 and SOX-17.
  • pancreas arises from the differentiation of definitive endoderm into pancreatic endoderm.
  • Cells of the pancreatic endoderm express the pancreatic-duodenal homeobox gene, PDX-I.
  • PDX-I expression marks a critical step in pancreatic organogenesis.
  • the mature pancreas contains, among other cell types, exocrine tissue and endocrine tissue. Exocrine and endocrine tissues arise from the differentiation of pancreatic endoderm.
  • US20050233446 discloses a defined media useful in culturing stem cells, including undifferentiated primate primordial stem cells.
  • the media is substantially isotonic as compared to the stem cells being cultured.
  • the particular medium comprises a base medium and an amount of each of bFGF, insulin, and ascorbic acid necessary to support substantially undifferentiated growth of the primordial stem cells.
  • WO2005086845 discloses a method for maintenance of an undifferentiated stem cell, said method comprising exposing a stem cell to a member of the transforming growth factor-beta (TGF ⁇ ) family of proteins, a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family of proteins, or nicotinamide (NIC) in an amount sufficient to maintain the cell in an undifferentiated state for a sufficient amount of time to achieve a desired result.
  • TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor-beta
  • FGF fibroblast growth factor
  • NIC nicotinamide
  • Inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase-3 are known to promote proliferation and expansion of adult stem cells.
  • Tateishi et al. show that inhibition of GSK-3 enhances growth and survival of human cardiac stem cells (hCSCs) recovered from the neonatal or adult human heart and having mesenchymal features.
  • WO2007016485 reports that addition of GSK-3 inhibitors to the culture of non-embryonic stem cells, including multipotent adult progenitor cells, leads to the maintenance of a pluripotent phenotype during expansion and results in a more robust differentiation response.
  • US2006030042 uses a method of inhibiting GSK-3, either by addition of Wnt or a small molecule inhibitor of GSK-3 enzyme activity, to maintain embryonic stem cells without the use of a feeder cell layer.
  • WO2006026473 reports the addition of a GSK-3B inhibitor, to stabilize pluripotent cells through transcriptional activation of c-myc and stabilization of c-myc protein.
  • WO2006100490 reports the use of a stem cell culture medium containing a GSK-3 inhibitor and a gpl30 agonist to maintain a self-renewing population of pluripotent stem cells, including mouse or human embryonic stem cells.
  • Maurer et al show that adult, neuronal stem cells treated with a GSK-3 inhibitor show enhanced neuronal differentiation, specifically by promoting transcription of ⁇ -catenin target genes and decreasing apoptosis.
  • the present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells by treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
  • the present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells, comprising the steps of:
  • the pluripotent cells are differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
  • the pluripotent cells may be human embryonic stem cells, or they may be cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from human embryonic stem cells, according to the methods disclosed in 60/913475.
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (I):
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (II):
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (III):
  • Figure 1 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17189731 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 2 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17163796 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 3 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17223375 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 4 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 18157698 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 5 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26158015 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 6 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26483197 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 7 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26483249 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 8 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 10220067 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
  • Figure 9 shows the expression of CXCR4 on the surface of cells, as determined by immunofluorescent staining and flow cytometric analysis, on cells treated with the compounds shown, according to the methods described in Example 8.
  • Figure 10 shows the expression of CXCR4 (Panel A), HNF-3 beta (Panel B), and Sox-17 (Panel C), as determined by real-time PCR, in cells treated with the compounds shown, according to the methods described in Example 8.
  • Figure 11 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Pdx-1 expression, as determined by intensity of immunofluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 9.
  • Figure 12 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on Pdx- 1 expression (white bars) and HNF-6 (black bars), as determined by real-time PCR. Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 9.
  • Figure 13 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and insulin expression, as determined by intensity of immunofluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 10.
  • Figure 14 shows effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on Pdx-1 expression (white bars) and insulin (black bars), as determined by real-time PCR. Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 10.
  • Figure 15 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and insulin expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 11.
  • Stem cells are undifferentiated cells defined by their ability at the single cell level to both self-renew and differentiate to produce progeny cells, including self-renewing progenitors, non-renewing progenitors, and terminally differentiated cells. Stem cells are also characterized by their ability to differentiate in vitro into functional cells of various cell lineages from multiple germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm), as well as to give rise to tissues of multiple germ layers following transplantation and to contribute substantially to most, if not all, tissues following injection into blastocysts.
  • Stem cells are classified by their developmental potential as: (1) totipotent, meaning able to give rise to all embryonic and extraembryonic cell types; (2) pluripotent, meaning able to give rise to all embryonic cell types; (3) multipotent, meaning able to give rise to a subset of cell lineages, but all within a particular tissue, organ, or physiological system (for example, hematopoietic stem cells (HSC) can produce progeny that include HSC (self- renewal), blood cell restricted oligopotent progenitors and all cell types and elements (e.g., platelets) that are normal components of the blood); (4) oligopotent, meaning able to give rise to a more restricted subset of cell lineages than multipotent stem cells; and (5) unipotent, meaning able to give rise to a single cell lineage (e.g.
  • Differentiation is the process by which an unspecialized ("uncommitted") or less specialized cell acquires the features of a specialized cell such as, for example, a nerve cell or a muscle cell.
  • a differentiated or differentiation-induced cell is one that has taken on a more specialized ("committed") position within the lineage of a cell.
  • the term "committed”, when applied to the process of differentiation, refers to a cell that has proceeded in the differentiation pathway to a point where, under normal circumstances, it will continue to differentiate into a specific cell type or subset of cell types, and cannot, under normal circumstances, differentiate into a different cell type or revert to a less differentiated cell type.
  • De-differentiation refers to the process by which a cell reverts to a less specialized (or committed) position within the lineage of a cell.
  • the lineage of a cell defines the heredity of the cell, i.e., which cells it came from and what cells it can give rise to.
  • the lineage of a cell places the cell within a hereditary scheme of development and differentiation.
  • a lineage-specific marker refers to a characteristic specifically associated with the phenotype of cells of a lineage of interest and can be used to assess the differentiation of an uncommitted cell to the lineage of interest.
  • ⁇ -cell lineage refer to cells with positive gene expression for the transcription factor PDX-I and at least one of the following transcription factors: NGN-3, Nkx2.2, Nkx ⁇ .l, NeuroD, IsI-I, HNF-3 beta, MAFA, Pax4, and Pax6.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage include ⁇ cells.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: SOX- 17, GAT A-4, HNF-3 beta, GSC, Cerl, Nodal, FGF8, Brachyury, Mix-like homeobox protein, FGF4 CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), DKK4, FGF 17, GAT A-6, CXCR4, C-Kit, CD99, or OTX2.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage include primitive streak precursor cells, primitive streak cells, mesendoderm cells and definitive endoderm cells.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: PDX-I, FINF- lbeta, PTF-I alpha, HNF-6, or HB9.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage include pancreatic endoderm cells.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: NGN-3, NeuroD, Islet-1, PDX-I, NKX6.1, Pax-4, Ngn-3, or PTF-I alpha.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage include pancreatic endocrine cells, pancreatic hormone expressing cells, and pancreatic hormone secreting cells, and cells of the ⁇ -cell lineage.
  • Definitive endoderm refers to cells which bear the characteristics of cells arising from the epiblast during gastrulation and which form the gastrointestinal tract and its derivatives. Definitive endoderm cells express the following markers: HNF- 3 beta, GATA-4, SOX-17, Cerberus, OTX2, goosecoid, C-Kit, CD99, and Mixll.
  • Extraembryonic endoderm refers to a population of cells expressing at least one of the following markers: SOX-7, AFP, and SPARC.
  • Markers are nucleic acid or polypeptide molecules that are differentially expressed in a cell of interest.
  • differential expression means an increased level for a positive marker and a decreased level for a negative marker.
  • the detectable level of the marker nucleic acid or polypeptide is sufficiently higher or lower in the cells of interest compared to other cells, such that the cell of interest can be identified and distinguished from other cells using any of a variety of methods known in the art.
  • Mesendoderm cell refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), SOX-17, DKK4, HNF-3 beta, GSC, FGF 17, GAT A-6.
  • Pantendocrine cell or “pancreatic hormone expressing cell” as used herein refers to a cell capable of expressing at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide.
  • Pantcreatic hormone secreting cell refers to a cell capable of secreting at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide.
  • Pre-primitive streak cell refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: Nodal, or FGF8
  • Primary streak cell refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: Brachyury, Mix-like homeobox protein, or FGF4.
  • the present invention provides a method for the expansion and differentiation of pluripotent cells comprising treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
  • the present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells, comprising the steps of:
  • the pluripotent cells are differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
  • Markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage are selected from the group consisting of SOXl 7, GAT A4, Hnf-3beta, GSC, Cerl, Nodal, FGF8, Brachyury, Mix- like homeobox protein, FGF4 CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), DKK4, FGF17, GATA6, CXCR4, C-Kit, CD99, and OTX2.
  • Contemplated in the present invention is a cell, derived from a pluripotent cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a primitive streak precursor cell.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a mesendoderm cell. In an alternate aspect, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a definitive endoderm cell.
  • the pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about one to about 72 hours. Alternatively, the pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 12 to about 48 hours. Alternatively, the pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 48 hours.
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about 10OnM to about 100 ⁇ M.
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about l ⁇ M to about 10 ⁇ M.
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about 10 ⁇ M.
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (I):
  • Ri is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 5 alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl which is optionally Ci_ 4 alkyl substituted, and at least one of Ri and R 2 is pyrimidinyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, Ci_salkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylCi.salkyloxycarbonyl, arylCi_salkyl, substituted arylCi_salkyl wherein the one or more aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, Ci_ 5 alkoxy, halogen, amino, Ci.salkylamino, and diCi.salkylamino, phthalimidoCi.salkyl, aminoCi_ 5 alkyl, diaminoCi-salkyl, succinimidoCi-salkyl, Ci-salkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci.salkylcarbonylCi.salkyl and aryloxycarbonylCi-salkyl;
  • R 4 is -(A)-(CH 2 ) q -X;
  • A is vinylene, ethynylene or ⁇ V ⁇ y ⁇ ⁇
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_salkyl, phenyl and phenylCi.salkyl;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, vinyl, substituted vinyl wherein one or more vinyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine, ethynyl, substituted ethynyl wherein the ethynyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine chlorine and iodine, Ci_salkyl, substituted Ci_salkyl wherein the one or more alkyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of C i_salkoxy, trihaloalkyl, phthalimido and amino, C3_7Cycloalkyl, Ci_salkoxy, substituted Ci_salkoxy wherein the alkyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of phthalimido and amino, phthalimidooxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein Ri is substituted phenyl and R 2 is pyrimidin-3-yl.
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein Ri is 4-fluorophenyl.
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is hydrogen, arylCi_salkyl, or substituted arylCi-salkyl.
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is hydrogen or pheny 1C 1.5 alkyl .
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein A is ethynylene and q is 0-5.
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is succinimido, hydroxy, methyl, phenyl, Ci-salkylsulfonyl, C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl, Ci.salkylcarbonyloxy, Ci_salkoxy, phenylcarbonyloxy, Ci.salkylamino, diCi-salkylamino or nitrile.
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • n example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound Compound 5 of the formula:
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (II):
  • R is selected from the group consisting of Ra, -Ci-salkyl-Ra, -C2-salkenyl-R a , -C2-8alkynyl-R a and cyano;
  • Ra is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl-R 5 , -C 2 - 8 alkenyl-R 5 , -C 2 .
  • R 5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-OH, -O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-NH 2 , -O-(Ci. 8 )alkyl-NH(Ci. 8 alkyl), -O-(Ci. 8 )alkyl-N(Ci. 8 alkyl) 2 , -O-(Ci.
  • R 6 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl, -C 2 - 8 alkenyl, -C 2 - 8 alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -CO 2 H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(NH)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(d_ 8 alkyl), -C(O)-N(C 1 . 8 )alkyl) 2 , -SO 2 -(C 1 .
  • R 6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_ 8 alkoxy, -(Ci_8)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, -SH, -S-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -N-R 7 , cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and -heteroaryl-R 8 ;
  • R 7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl, -C 2 . 8 alkenyl, -C 2 . 8 alkynyl, -(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-OH, -(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -(Ci. 8 )alkyl-NH 2 , -(Ci. 8 )alkyl-NH(Ci. 8 alkyl), -(Ci. 8 )alkyl-N(Ci_ 8 alkyl) 2 , -(C 1 . 8 )alkyl-S-(C 1 .
  • R 8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl, -(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-(halo)i_3 and -(Ci_ 8 )alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R 8 is attached to a carbon atom, R 8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_ 8 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 8 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 8 alkyl) 2 , cyano, halo, -(Ci_ 8 )alkoxy-(halo)i_ 3 , hydroxy and nitro;
  • R 9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 8 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 8 alkyl) 2 , cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro;
  • R 2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl-R 5 , -C 2 _ 8 alkenyl-R 5 , -C 2 _ 8 alkynyl-R 5 , -C(O)H, -C(O)-(d_ 8 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(d_ 8 alkyl-R 9 ), -C(O)-N(C 1 .
  • R 3 is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 8 alkyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 8 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 8 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 8 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_ 8 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(C i_ 8 alkyl-R 9 ), -C(O)-N(Ci_ 8 alkyl-R 9 ) 2 , -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R 8 , -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R 8 , -C(O)-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-heteroaryl-R 8 , -C(NH)-NH 2
  • R 4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_galkyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 8 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 8 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 8 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_ 8 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(C i_ 8 alkyl-R 9 ), -C(O)-N(Ci_ 8 alkyl-R 9 ) 2 , -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R 8 , -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R 8 , -C(O)-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-heteroaryl-R 8 , -C(NH)-NH 2 ,
  • R 10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 8 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 8 alkyl) 2 , cyano, (halo)i_ 3 , hydroxy, nitro and oxo; and,
  • Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of R a , -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R a , -C 2 _ 4 alkenyl-R a , -C 2 _ 4 alkynyl-R a and cyano.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R a is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl.
  • R a is selected from the group consisting of dihydro-pyranyl, phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, dibenzofuryl and dibenzothienyl.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 , -C 2 _ 4 alkenyl-R 5 , -C 2 . 4 alkynyl-R 5 , -C(O)-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-O-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-NH(Ci.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 , -aryl-R 6 and -heteroaryl-R 6 ; wherein heteroaryl is attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 and -naphthyl-R 6 .
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-OH, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-NH 2 , -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-S-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-SO 2 -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-SO 2 -NH 2 ,
  • R 5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -N-R 7 , hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R 6 .
  • R 5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R 7 , hydroxy, -imidazolyl-R 6 , -triazolyl-R 6 and -tetrazolyl-R 6 .
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 6 is
  • 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl, -C 2 - 4 alkenyl, -C 2-4 alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -CO 2 H, -C(O)-O-(C 1-4 )alkyl, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(NH)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -C(O)-N(C M )alkyl) 2 , -SO 2 -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -SO 2 -NH 2 , -SO 2 -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -SO 2 -N(C 1 - 4 alkyl)2, -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-N-R 7 , -(Ci.
  • R 6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_ 4 alkoxy, -(Ci_ 4 )alkoxy-(halo)i_ 3 , -SH, -S-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -N-R 7 , cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and -heteroaryl-R 8 .
  • R 6 is hydrogen
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 7 is
  • substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl, -C 2 . 4 alkenyl, -C 2 . 4 alkynyl, -(C M )alkyl-OH, -(C M )alkyl-O-(C M )alkyl, -(C M )alkyl-NH 2 , -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-S-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -C(O)-
  • R 7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -C(O)-O-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl, -SO 2 -NH 2 , -SO 2 -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl) and -SO 2 -N(C M alkyl) 2 .
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl, -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-(halo)i_ 3 and -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R 8 is attached to a carbon atom, R 8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halo, -(Ci_ 4 )alkoxy-(halo)i_ 3 , hydroxy and nitro.
  • R 8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl, -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-(
  • R 8 is hydrogen
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(d_ 4 alkyl), -N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , cyano, (halo)i_ 3 , hydroxy and nitro.
  • R 9 is hydrogen
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 , -C 2 .
  • R 2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 , -C 2 _ 4 alkenyl-R 5 , -C 2 - 4 alkynyl-R 5 , -CO 2 H, -C(O)-O-(C i_ 4 )alkyl-R 9 , -cycloalkyl-R 6 , -aryl-R 6 and -(Ci_ 4 )alkyl-N-R 7 ; with the proviso that, when R 2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that, when R 2 is attached to a carbon atom, R 2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 5 , -N-R 7 , cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -he
  • R 2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 5 and -aryl-R 6 ; with the proviso that, when R 2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that when R 2 is attached to a carbon atom, R 2 is further selected from the group consisting of -N-R 7 , halogen, hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R 6 .
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , -C 2 - 4 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 - 4 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_ 4 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(C i_ 4 alkyl-R 9 ), -C(O)-N(Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 9 ) 2 , -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R 8 , -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R 8 , -C(O)-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-heter
  • R 3 is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 4 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 4 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -CO 2 H, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , cyano, halogen, hydroxy and nitro.
  • R 3 is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , -NH 2 , -NH(d_ 4 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , halogen and hydroxy.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 4 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 _ 4 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_ 4 )alkyl-R 9 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -C(O)-NH(C i_ 4 alkyl-R 9 ), -C(O)-N(Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 9 ) 2 , -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R 8 , -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R 8 , -C(O)-aryl-R 8 , -C(O)-he
  • R 4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , -C 2 - 4 alkenyl-R 10 , -C 2 - 4 alkynyl-R 10 , -Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -C(O)H, -CO 2 H, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1-4 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl, -heterocyclyl, -aryl and -heteroaryl.
  • R 4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , halogen and hydroxy.
  • R 4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_ 4 alkyl-R 10 , Ci_ 4 alkoxy-R 10 , -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -N(C 1-4 alkyl) 2 , chlorine, fluorine and hydroxy.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R 10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci_ 4 alkyl), -N(Ci_ 4 alkyl) 2 , cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo.
  • R 10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (halo)i_3.
  • R 10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (fluoro)3.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,OH) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H).
  • Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O, and the other is selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H).
  • Y and Z are independently selected from O.
  • Compounds of Formula (II) are disclosed in commonly assigned United States Patent
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (II) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the invention includes a compound of Formula (II) wherein the compound the group consisting of:
  • the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (III):
  • a and E are independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen substituted
  • Z is selected from O; alternatively, Z is selected from dihydro; wherein each hydrogen atom is attached by a single bond;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from Ci.galkyl, C 2 -salkenyl and C 2 -salkynyl optionally substituted with oxo;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-salkyl-, -C 2 -salkenyl-, -C 2 -salkynyl-,
  • any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are straight carbon chains optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 alkoxy, Ci_ 8 alkoxy(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -C(O)O-(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, -Ci.
  • R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 alkoxy(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, amino(Ci_ 8 )alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_ 4 alkyl), hydroxy(Ci_ 8 )alkyl, heterocyc IyI(C i_ 8 )alkyl, aryl(Ci_ 8 )alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_ 8 )alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 alkoxy, Ci_ 8 alkoxy(Ci
  • Ri and R 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_galkyl, C 2 -galkenyl, C 2 -galkynyl (wherein alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_galkoxy, alkoxy(Ci_g)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_g)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_ 4 alkyl), amino(Ci_ 8 )alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), (halo)i_3, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo), Ci_salkoxy, Ci_8alkoxycarbonyl, (
  • a compound of Formula (III) is a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (III) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: Compound Name
  • An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (III) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Pluripotent cells suitable for use in the present invention express at least one of the following pluripotency markers selected from the group consisting of: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, SOX-2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA- 3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, and Tral-81.
  • the pluripotent cells are embryonic stem cells.
  • the pluripotent cells are cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from embryonic stem cells.
  • the embryonic stem cells are human. Isolation, expansion and culture of human embryonic stem cells
  • Human embryonic stem cells may express one or more of the stage-specific embryonic antigens (SSEA) 3 and 4, and markers detectable using antibodies designated Tra-1-60 and Tra-1-81 (Thomson et al., Science 282:1145, 1998). Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells in vitro results in the loss of SSEA-4, Tra- 1-60, and Tra-1-81 expression (if present) and increased expression of SSEA-I .
  • SSEA stage-specific embryonic antigens
  • Undifferentiated human embryonic stem cells typically have alkaline phosphatase activity, which can be detected by fixing the cells with 4% paraformaldehyde, and then developing with Vector Red as a substrate, as described by the manufacturer (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame Calif.) Undifferentiated pluripotent stem cells also typically express Oct-4 and TERT, as detected by RT-PCR.
  • Another desirable phenotype of propagated human embryonic stem cells is a potential to differentiate into cells of all three germinal layers: endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm tissues.
  • Pluripotency of human embryonic stem cells can be confirmed, for example, by injecting cells into SCID mice, fixing the teratomas that form using 4% paraformaldehyde, and then examining them histologically for evidence of cell types from the three germ layers.
  • pluripotency may be determined by the creation of embryoid bodies and assessing the embryoid bodies for the presence of markers associated with the three germinal layers.
  • Propagated human embryonic stem cell lines may be karyotyped using a standard G- banding technique and compared to published karyotypes of the corresponding primate species. It is desirable to obtain cells that have a "normal karyotype", which means that the cells are euploid, wherein all human chromosomes are present and not noticeably altered.
  • Sources of human embryonic stem cells Types of human embryonic stem cells that may be used include established lines of human embryonic cells derived from tissue formed after gestation, including pre-embryonic tissue (such as, for example, a blastocyst), embryonic tissue, or fetal tissue taken any time during gestation, typically but not necessarily before approximately 10-12 weeks gestation.
  • pre-embryonic tissue such as, for example, a blastocyst
  • embryonic tissue such as, for example, a blastocyst
  • fetal tissue fetal tissue taken any time during gestation, typically but not necessarily before approximately 10-12 weeks gestation.
  • Non- limiting examples are established lines of human embryonic stem cells or human embryonic germ cells, such as, for example the human embryonic stem cell lines Hl, H7, and H9 (WiCeIl).
  • the compositions of this disclosure during the initial establishment or stabilization of such cells, in which case the source cells would be primary pluripotent cells taken directly from the source tissues.
  • Human embryonic stem cells are prepared as described by Thomson et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,780; Science 282:1145, 1998; Curr. Top. Dev. Biol. 38:133 ff, 1998; Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:7844, 1995).
  • human embryonic stem cells are cultured in a culture system that is essentially free of feeder cells, but nonetheless supports proliferation of human embryonic stem cells without undergoing substantial differentiation.
  • the growth of human embryonic stem cells in feeder- free culture without differentiation is supported using a medium conditioned by culturing previously with another cell type.
  • the growth of human embryonic stem cells in feeder-free culture without differentiation is supported using a chemically defined medium.
  • human embryonic stem cells are initially cultured layer of feeder cells that support the human embryonic stem cells in various ways. The human embryonic are then transferred to a culture system that is essentially free of feeder cells, but nonetheless supports proliferation of human embryonic stem cells without undergoing substantial differentiation.
  • conditioned media suitable for use in the present invention are disclosed in US20020072117, US6642048, WO2005014799, and Xu et al (Stem Cells 22: 972-980, 2004).
  • An example of a chemically defined medium suitable for use in the present invention may be found in US20070010011.
  • Suitable culture media may be made from the following components, such as, for example, Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM), Gibco # 11965-092; Knockout Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (KO DMEM), Gibco # 10829-018; Ham's F12/50% DMEM basal medium; 200 mM L-glutamine, Gibco # 15039-027; non-essential amino acid solution, Gibco 11140-050; ⁇ - mercaptoethanol, Sigma # M7522; human recombinant basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF), Gibco # 13256-029.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • KO DMEM Knockout Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • Ham's F12/50% DMEM basal medium 200 mM L-glutamine, Gibco # 15039-027
  • non-essential amino acid solution Gibco 11140-050
  • the human embryonic stem cells are plated onto a suitable culture substrate that is treated prior to treatment according to the methods of the present invention.
  • the treatment is an extracellular matrix component, such as, for example, those derived from basement membrane or that may form part of adhesion molecule receptor-ligand couplings.
  • a the suitable culture substrate is Matrigel® (Becton Dickenson). Matrigel® is a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm tumor cells that gels at room temperature to form a reconstituted basement membrane.
  • extracellular matrix components and component mixtures are suitable as an alternative. This may include laminin, fibronectin, proteoglycan, entactin, heparan sulfate, and the like, alone or in various combinations.
  • the human embryonic stem cells are plated onto the substrate in a suitable distribution and in the presence of a medium that promotes cell survival, propagation, and retention of the desirable characteristics. All these characteristics benefit from careful attention to the seeding distribution and can readily be determined by one of skill in the art.
  • cells expressing pluripotency markers are derived from human embryonic stem cells by a method comprising the steps of: a. Culturing human embryonic stem cells,
  • cells expressing pluripotency markers are derived from human embryonic stem cells by a method comprising the steps of:
  • the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 1 to about 20 days. In an alternate embodiment, the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 5 to about 20 days. In an alternate embodiment, the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 15 days.
  • the hypoxic condition is about 1% O 2 to about 20% O 2 . In an alternate embodiment, the hypoxic condition is about 2% O 2 to about 10% O 2 . In an alternate embodiment, the hypoxic condition is about 3% O 2 .
  • the cells may be cultured, under hypoxic conditions on a tissue culture substrate that is not pre-treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix, in medium containing serum, activin A, and a Wnt ligand.
  • the medium may also contain IGF-I .
  • the culture medium may have a serum concentration in the range of about 2% to about 5%. In an alternate embodiment, the serum concentration may be about 2%.
  • Activin A may be used at a concentration from about lpg/ml to about lOO ⁇ g/ml.
  • the concentration may be about lpg/ml to about l ⁇ g/ml.
  • the concentration may be about lpg/ml to about 100ng/ml.
  • the concentration may be about 50ng/ml to about 100ng/ml.
  • the concentration may be about 100ng/ml.
  • the Wnt ligand may be selected from the group consisting of Wnt-1, Wnt-3a, Wnt-5a and Wnt-7a. In one embodiment, the Wnt ligand is Wnt-1. In an alternate embodiment, the Wnt ligand is Wnt-3a.
  • the Wnt ligand may be used at a concentration of about lng/ml to about 1000ng/ml. In an alternate embodiment, the Wnt ligand may be used at a concentration of about 10ng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Wnt ligand is about 20ng/ml.
  • IGF-I may be used at a concentration of about lng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In an alternate embodiment, the IGF- lmay be used at a concentration of about 10ng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In one embodiment, the concentration of IGF-I is about 50ng/ml.
  • the cells expressing pluripotency markers derived by the methods of the present invention are capable of expansion in culture under hypoxic conditions, on tissue culture substrate that is not pre-treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix.
  • the cells expressing pluripotency markers derived by the methods of the present invention express at least one of the following pluripotency markers selected from the group consisting of: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, SOX-2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, and Tral-81.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage by any method in the art.
  • cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage according to the methods disclosed in D 'Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology 24, 1392 - 1401 (2006).
  • cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage are further differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage, by treating the cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage with a fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine, then removing the medium containing the fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine and subsequently culturing the cells in medium containing retinoic acid, a fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine.
  • a fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine an example of this method is disclosed in D' Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology, 24: 1392-1401, (2006).
  • Markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage are selected from the group consisting of Pdxl, HNF-lbeta, PTFIa, HNF-6, HB9 and PROXl.
  • Suitable for use in the present invention is a cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage is a pancreatic endoderm cell.
  • Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage by any method in the art.
  • cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage according to the methods disclosed in D 'Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology 24, 1392 - 1401 (2006).
  • a pancreatic endocrine cell is capable of expressing at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide.
  • Suitable for use in the present invention is a cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage is a pancreatic endocrine cell.
  • the pancreatic endocrine cell may be a pancreatic hormone expressing cell.
  • the pancreatic endocrine cell may be a pancreatic hormone secreting cell.
  • the pancreatic endocrine cell is a cell expressing markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage expresses Pdxl and at least one of the following transcription factors: NGN-3, Nkx2.2, Nkx ⁇ .l, NeuroD, IsI-I, HNF-3 beta, MAFA, Pax4, and Pax6.
  • a cell expressing markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage is a ⁇ cell.
  • Formation of cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be determined by testing for the presence of the markers before and after following a particular protocol. Pluripotent stem cells typically do not express such markers. Thus, differentiation of pluripotent cells is detected when cells begin to express them.
  • the efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
  • agent such as an antibody
  • Methods for assessing expression of protein and nucleic acid markers in cultured or isolated cells are standard in the art. These include quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), Northern blots, in situ hybridization (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel et al., eds.
  • immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
  • FACS flow cytometry analysis
  • pluripotent stem cell markers include, for example, the expression of one or more of the following: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, Sox2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, Tral-81.
  • the differentiated cells may be purified by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker, such as CXCR4, expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
  • an agent such as an antibody
  • a protein marker such as CXCR4
  • pancreatic endoderm lineage Markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage continue to be identified. These markers can be used to confirm that the cells treated in accordance with the present invention have differentiated to acquire the properties characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage.
  • Pancreatic endoderm lineage specific markers include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, Hlxb9, PTF-Ia, PDX-I, HNF-6, HNF-lbeta.
  • the efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage.
  • an agent such as an antibody
  • RT-PCR quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction
  • Northern blots in situ hybridization
  • immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
  • Markers characteristic of cells of the pancreatic endocrine lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage continue to be identified. These markers can be used to confirm that the cells treated in accordance with the present invention have differentiated to acquire the properties characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage.
  • Pancreatic endocrine lineage specific markers include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, NGN-3, NeuroD, Islet-1.
  • Markers characteristic of cells of the ⁇ cell lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage continue to be identified.
  • ⁇ cell lineage specific characteristics include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, Pdxl (pancreatic and duodenal homeobox gene-1), Nkx2.2, Nkx ⁇ .l, IsIl, Pax6, Pax4, NeuroD, Hnflb, Hnf-6, Hnf-3beta, and MafA, among others.
  • Pdxl pancreatic and duodenal homeobox gene-1
  • Nkx2.2 Nkx ⁇ .l
  • IsIl IsIl
  • Pax6, Pax4 NeuroD
  • Hnflb Hnf-6
  • Hnf-3beta Hnf-3beta
  • MafA MafA
  • the efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage.
  • an agent such as an antibody
  • the efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the ⁇ cell lineage.
  • RT-PCR quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction
  • Northern blots in situ hybridization
  • immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
  • Example 1 The present invention is further illustrated, but not limited by, the following examples.
  • Example 1 The present invention is further illustrated, but not limited by, the following examples.
  • Stem cells are undifferentiated cells defined by their ability at the single cell level to both self-renew and differentiate to produce progeny cells, including self-renewing progenitors, non-renewing progenitors, and terminally differentiated cells. Stem cells are also characterized by their ability to differentiate in vitro into functional cells of various cell lineages from multiple germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm), as well as to give rise to tissues of multiple germ layers following transplantation and to contribute substantially to most, if not all, tissues following injection into blastocysts.
  • the human embryonic stem cell lines Hl, H7 and H9 were obtained from WiCeIl
  • MEF mouse embryonic fibroblast
  • ES cell medium consisting of DMEM/F12 (Invitrogen/GIBCO) supplemented with 20% knockout serum replacement, 100 nM MEM nonessential amino acids, 0.5 mM beta-mercaptoethanol, 2mM L-glutamine with 4ng/ml human basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (all from Invitrogen/GIBCO).
  • MEF cells derived from E13 to 13.5 mouse embryos, were purchased from Charles River.
  • MEF cells were expanded in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS (Hyclone), 2mM glutamine, and 100 mM MEM nonessential amino acids. Sub-confluent MEF cell cultures were treated with lO ⁇ g/ml mitomycin C (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) for 3h to arrest cell division, then trypsinized and plated at 2xlO 4 /cm 2 on 0.1% bovine gelatin-coated dishes. MEF cells from passage two through four were used as feeder layers. Human embryonic stem cells plated on MEF cell feeder layers were cultured at 37 0 C in an atmosphere of 5% CO 2 / within a humidified tissue culture incubator.
  • human embryonic stem cells When confluent (approximately 5-7 days after plating), human embryonic stem cells were treated with lmg/ml collagenase type IV (Invitrogen/GIBCO) for 5-10 min and then gently scraped off the surface using a 5-ml pipette. Cells were spun at 900 rpm for 5 min, and the pellet was resuspended and re-plated at a 1 :3 to 1 :4 ratio of cells in fresh culture medium.
  • collagenase type IV Invitrogen/GIBCO
  • Hl, H7, and H9 human embryonic stem cells were also seeded on plates coated with a 1 :30 dilution of growth factor reduced MATRI GELTM (BD Biosciences) and cultured in MEF-conditioned media supplemented with 8 ng/ml bFGF.
  • the cells cultured on MATRI GELTM were routinely passaged with collagenase IV (Invitrogen/GIBCO), Dispase (BD Biosciences) or Liberase enzyme (Source).
  • Some of the human embryonic stem cell cultures were incubated under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O 2 ).
  • Cells were then treated with DMEM/F12 medium supplemented with 0.5% FBS, 20 ng/ml WNT-3a (Catalog# 1324-WN-002, R&D Systems, MN), and 100 ng/ml Activin-A (R&D Systems, MN) for two days followed by treatment with DMEM/F12 media supplemented with 2% FBS and 100 ng/ml Activin-A (AA) for an additional 3 to 4 days.
  • This protocol resulted in significant upregulation of definitive endoderm markers.
  • the cells were then treated with TrypLETM Express solution (Invitrogen, CA) for 5 mins. Released cells were resuspended in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS medium, recovered by centrifugation, and counted using a hemocytometer. The released cells were seeded at 1000-10,000 cells/cm 2 on tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) treated flasks and cultured in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml activin-A + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O 2 ) at 37 0 C in standard tissue culture incubator.
  • TCPS tissue culture polystyrene
  • the TCPS flaks were not coated with MATRIGEL or other extarcellular matrix proteins.
  • the media was changed daily.
  • the media was further supplemented with 10-50 ng/ml of IGF-I (insulin growth factor-I from R&D Systems, MN) or IX ITS (Insulin, transferrin, and selenium from Invitrogen, Ca).
  • IGF-I insulin growth factor-I from R&D Systems, MN
  • IX ITS Insulin, transferrin, and selenium from Invitrogen, Ca
  • the basal media (DM-F 12 + 2% FBS) was further supplemented with 0.1 mM mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, CA) and non-essential amino acids (IX, NEAA from Invitrogen, CA).
  • the released cells were seeded at 1000 to 10,000 cells/cm 2 on tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) treated flasks and cultured in DM-F 12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml activin-A + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 50 ng/ml of IGF-I + 0.1 mM mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, CA) and non-essential amino acids (IX, NEAA from Invitrogen, CA) under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O 2 ) at 37 0 C in standard tissue culture incubator.
  • the TCPS flasks were not coated with MATRIGEL or other extarcellular matrix proteins. The media was changed daily.
  • the first passage cells are referred to as Pl.
  • the basal component of the above listed media may be replaced with similar media such as, RPMI, DMEM, CRML, Knockout TMDMEM, and F12.
  • Screening was conducted using test compounds from a proprietary library of small molecules selected for their ability to inhibit GSK-3B enzyme activity. Compounds from this library were made available as ImM stocks, in a 96-well plate format in 5OmM HEPES, 30% DMSO. For assay, cells expressing pluripotency markers were washed, counted, and plated in normal culture medium at a seeding density of 20,000 cells per well in 96-well clear-bottom, dark- well plates (Costar). This seeding density was previously determined to yield optimal monolayer formation in overnight culture.
  • test compounds were added to the wells in 80 ⁇ l aliquots, each diluted into assay medium at a final assay concentration of lO ⁇ M.
  • day 2 of the assay medium was removed from each well and replaced with a fresh aliquot of test compounds diluted into assay medium.
  • Assay medium on days 1 and 2 of culture consisted of DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 0.5% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A.
  • DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A (no test compound).
  • Table II is a compilation of all screening results. Cells expressing pluripotency markers were plated initially as a confluent monolayer in this assay; hence, the results are representative of a toxicity measure over the four-day culture period. Results are expressed as percentage viability of control, and demonstrate variable toxicity for some compounds at the lO ⁇ M screening concentration used. A larger proportion of the compounds have minimal or no measurable toxicity in this cell-based assay. [0213] A small panel of select compounds was repeat tested over a narrow dose titration range, again using cells expressing pluripotency markers in a similar assay as described above. Table III is a summary of these results, demonstrating variable dose titration effects for a range of toxic and non-toxic compounds.
  • H9 line Human embryonic stem cells
  • Example 1 Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 37 0 C followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, followed by washing to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for routine maintenance culture or a 1 :1 ratio for immediate assay.
  • the human embryonic stem cell lines used were maintained at passage numbers less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
  • Screening was conducted using test compounds from a proprietary library of small molecules selected for their ability to inhibit GSK-3B enzyme activity. Compounds from this library were made available as ImM stocks, in a 96-well plate format in 5OmM HEPES, 30% DMSO. Screening compounds were tested in triplicate or duplicate sets. Primary screening assays were initiated by aspirating culture medium from each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of 80 to lOO ⁇ l per well were added back containing DMEM:F12 base medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 0.5% FCS (HyClone) and 100ng/ml activin A (R&D Biosystems) plus lO ⁇ M test compound.
  • DMEM:F12 base medium Invitrogen
  • FCS HyClone
  • R&D Biosystems 100ng/ml activin A
  • Positive control wells contained the same base medium, substituting 10-20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) for the test compound.
  • Negative control wells contained base medium with 0.5% FCS and activin A alone (AA only) or alternatively, 0.5% FCS without activin A or Wnt3a (no treatment). Wells were aspirated and fed again with identical solutions on day 2 of assay.
  • Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Draq5 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using a positive control wells and wells with secondary only for untreated negative controls. Twelve fields per well were obtained to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Total cell numbers and total cell intensity for Sox- 17 and HNF-3beta were measured using the IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.6 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for replicates.
  • Total protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000 and form factors greater than or equal to 0.4.
  • Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data was calculated for averages and standard deviation for each replicate set.
  • Table IV is a representative summary of all screening results.
  • Table V is a list of hits from this screening. Strong hits are defined as greater than or equal to 120% of control values; moderate hits are defined as falling within the interval of 60-120% of control values. A significant number of compounds induce both a proliferative response in this assay. In parallel, a significant number of compounds induce differentiation in this assay, as measured by the protein expression of Sox 17 and Hnf-3b transcription factors.
  • H9 or Hl lines Maintenance of human embryonic stem cells (H9 or Hl lines) was conducted as described in Example 1. Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma- Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 37 0 C followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment and washed to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a ratio of 1 :3 monolayer area for routine culture or a 1 :1 ratio for immediate assay. The human embryonis stem cell lines used for these examples were maintained at passage numbers less than 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype as well as absence of mycoplasm contamination.
  • Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, then washed to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for maintenance culture or a 1 :1 ratio for subsequent assay. The human embryonic stem cell lines were maintained at less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
  • Secondary screening assay Assay was initiated by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of lOO ⁇ l per well were added back containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS and with 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound.
  • Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS.
  • Assay evaluation At the end of culture, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and then blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibodies (goat anti-human Soxl7; R&D Systems) were diluted 1 : 100 in 4% chicken serum and added to the cells for one hour at room temperature.
  • Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody was diluted 1 :200 in PBS and added to each well after washing the cells three times with PBS.
  • 2 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 ⁇ l/well PBS for imaging.
  • Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone as an untreated negative control. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total Sox- 17 intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set.
  • Total Sox 17 protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000 and form factors greater than or equal to 0.4.
  • Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each replicate set.
  • Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors where activity was confirmed and potency was determined by titration in this secondary assay.
  • Data presented show compound effects on cell number and Sox 17 intensity where respective data points were averaged from a duplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells.
  • Sox 17 expression is indicative of definitive endoderm differentiation.
  • Results for cell number and Soxl7 intensity, respectively, using the Hl human embryonic stem cell line are shown in Tables VIII and IX.
  • Results for the H9 human embryonic stem cell line are shown in Tables X and XI. Positive control values were normalized to 1.000 for cell number and Sox 17 intensity.
  • Negative control values were less-than 0.388 for cell number and less-than 0.065 for Soxl7 intensity with both cell lines.
  • Cell number is presented in panel A; Sox 17 intensity is shown in panel B.
  • Assay The assay was initiated by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of 2ml per well were added back containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound.
  • Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS.
  • Assay evaluation At the end of culture, cell monolayers were washed with PBS and harvested from culture plates by incubating 5 minutes with TrypLETM Express solution (Invitrogen, CA). Cells were resuspended in MEF conditioned medium and split into two equal samples. One set of samples was further stained with various fluorescent labeled antibodies and subjected to flow cytometric (FACS) analysis. A second parallel set of samples was subjected to quantitative PCR.
  • FACS flow cytometric
  • RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants.
  • the RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA- free kit (Ambion, Inc.), and high-quality RNA was eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer.
  • cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
  • GAPDH human glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase
  • Figure 9 displays the FACS analysis of percent positive cells expressing CXCR4 surface receptor after treatment with various GSK3 inhibitors. Two concentrations of each compound, ranging between l ⁇ M and 5 ⁇ M, are shown relative to an untreated population of cells (negative control) or cells treated with Activin A and Wnt3 (positive control).
  • Figure 10 panels a, b, and c show real-time PCR data for CXCR4, Soxl7, and FINF3beta, which are also considered to be markers of definitive endoderm. Both FACS and real-time PCR analysis demonstrate a significant increase in each of these markers observed in differentiated cells relative to untreated control cells. Expression levels of these definitive endoderm markers were equivalent in some cases to the positive control, demonstrating that a GSK3 inhibitor can substitute for Wnt3a at this stage of differentiation.
  • Human embryonic stem cells Hl and H9 lines
  • Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma- Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 37°C, followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, followed by washing to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for routine maintenance culture or a 1 : 1 ratio for subsequent assay.
  • the human embryonic stem cell lines used were maintained at less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
  • Cell preparation of assay Cell clusters of the Hl human embryonis stem cell line used in the assay were evenly resuspended in culture medium and plated onto MATRI GELTM- coated (1 :30 dilution) 24-well plates (black well; Arctic White) in volumes of 1 ml/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and expansion. In a second experiment, clusters of hES cells from the H9 line were plated in 96-well plates on mouse embryonic feeder (MEF) layers, previously inactivated by treating with mitomycin C (Sigma Chemical Co).
  • MATRI GELTM- coated (1 :30 dilution) 24-well plates (black well; Arctic White) in volumes of 1 ml/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and expansion.
  • clusters of hES cells from the H9 line were plated in 96-well plates on mouse embryonic feeder (MEF)
  • Culture medium for hES cells on MEF monolayers consisted of DMEM:F12 with 20% Knockout Serum Replacer (Invitrogen) supplemented with minimal essential amino acids (Invitrogen), L-glutamine, and 2-mercaptoethanol. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Cultures were allowed to expand one to three days after plating prior to initiating assay. Plates were maintained at 37°C, 5% CO 2 for the duration of assay.
  • Preparation of compounds and assay medium A subset of eight hits resulting from primary screening was used for follow-up study and subsequent secondary assays. Neat compounds were solubilized as 1OmM stocks in DMSO and stored dessicated at -20 0 C until use. Immediately prior to assay, compound stocks were diluted to a final concentration ranging between l ⁇ M and 5 ⁇ M in base medium with additives.
  • Assay In this assay, GSK3 inhibitors were included only on days 1 and 2 of the definitive endoderm differentiation step, substituting for Wnt3a. Embryonic stem cell cultures on MATRIGELTM were initiated as described in Examples 7 and 8 above by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. For differentiation to definitive endoderm, test volumes (0.5 ml per well for 24-well plates, 100 ⁇ l per well for 96-well plates) were added containing DMEM:F12 medium with ) 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a.
  • Positive control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS and with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound.
  • Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound.
  • Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a.
  • Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS.
  • DMEM:F12 base medium For differentiation to pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated for three days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems). Cells were then treated for an additional four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine, 2 ⁇ M Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7.
  • Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS (stage 2) or 1% B27 (stage 3) and without any other additives.
  • H9 human embryonic cells were grown on MEF feeder layers, and differentiated to pancreatic endoderm.
  • Definitive endoderm differentiation was achieved by culturing the cells in medium consisting of RPMI- 1640 (Invitrogen) containing no serum on day 1 and 0.2% FCS on days 2 and 3 along with different concentrations of inhibitor compounds and 100 ng/ml Activin A.
  • Positive control wells contained the same base medium (with or without serum) with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound.
  • Negative control wells contained the same base medium with or without serum, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound.
  • Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On day 3, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with RPMI- 1640 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound and Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on day 3 in RPMI- 1640 base medium with 2% FCS. Cells were differentiated into pancreatic endoderm by treating the cells for four days, feeding daily with RPMI-1640 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 mM KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml FGFlO (R&D Biosystems).
  • RPMI-1640 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen), 0.25 mM KAAD cyclopamine, 2 mM Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma-Aldrich) and 50 ng/ml FGFlO.
  • Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in RPMI-1640 base medium with 2% FCS (stage 2) or 1% B27 (stage 3) and without any other additives.
  • Assay evaluation At the end the differentiation, cells were examined as described in Example 8 for gene expression by real-time PCR. For high content fluorescence staining, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibody (goat anti-human Pdxl; Santa Cruz) was diluted 1 :100 in 4% chicken serum and added to cells for two hours at room temperature.
  • Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody was diluted 1 :200 in PBS and added to each well after washing the cells three times with PBS.
  • 2 ⁇ g/ml Hoechst 33342 was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 ⁇ l/well PBS for imaging.
  • Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total Pdxl intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set.
  • Total Pdxl protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each replicate set.
  • RNA samples for quantitative PCR were lysed in RLT buffer (Qiagen) and then processed for RNA extraction, purification, and cDNA synthesis.
  • RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants.
  • the RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA-free kit (Ambion, Inc.), and high-quality RNA was then eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer.
  • cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
  • Primer and probe sets are listed as follows: PDXl (Hs00236830_ml), GAPDH (4310884E), and HNF6 (Hs00413554_ml).
  • PDXl Hs00236830_ml
  • GAPDH 4310884E
  • HNF6 Hs00413554_ml
  • Relative gene expression levels were calculated using the comparative Ct method. Briefly, for each cDNA sample, the endogenous control Ct value was subtracted from the gene of interest Ct to give the delta Ct value ( ⁇ Ct). The normalized amount of target was calculated as 2- ⁇ Ct, assuming amplification to be 100% efficiency. Final data were expressed relative to a calibrator sample.
  • Results are shown for eight GSK-3 ⁇ enzyme inhibitors.
  • Data presented in Figure 11 from high content analysis show effects on cell number (panel A) and Pdxl intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line, where respective data points were averaged from a duplicate sample set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells.
  • Data presented in Figure 12 from real-time PCR show effects of these small molecule inhibitors on induced expression of two transcription factors, Pdxl and HNF6. In these examples, Pdxl and HNF6 expression are indicative of pancreatic endoderm differentiation.
  • GSK3 ⁇ inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment; resulting cells sustain a capacity to form pancreatic endoderm during later sequential stages of differentiation.
  • Pancreatic endoderm cells obtained according to the methods described in Example 9 (cultured on 96-wellplates and 24-well plates) were subsequently subjected to agents that cause the cells to differentiate into pancreatic hormone expressing cells.
  • test volumes 0.5 ml per well for 24-well plates, 100 ⁇ l per well for 96-well plates
  • medium containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a.
  • Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with lOOng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound.
  • Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3, 4, and 5, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3, 4, and 5 in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS.
  • DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems).
  • Cells were subsequently treated for four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine, 2 ⁇ M Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7.
  • Parallel negative control wells during stages 2 and 3 were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS or 1% B27 and without any other additives.
  • pancreatic endoderm After formation of pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated further for six days duration, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 1% B27 with 1 ⁇ M DAPT (gamma secretase inhibitor: EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml Exendin 4 (Sigma-Aldrich). Cells were then treated for another three days duration, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 1% B27, 50 ng/ml Exendin 4, 50 ng/ml IGF (R&D Biosystems) and 50 ng/ml HGF (R&D Biosystems). Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 1% B27 and without any other additives.
  • DAPT gamma secretase inhibitor: EMD Biosciences
  • Exendin 4 Sigma-Aldrich
  • Assay evaluation At the end of culture, cells were treated as in Examples 7 and 8 above for evaluation by high content analysis or real-time PCR.
  • Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total insulin intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set.
  • Total insulin protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each triplicate set.
  • RNA samples for quantitative PCR were lysed in RLT buffer (Qiagen) and then processed for RNA extraction, purification, and cDNA synthesis.
  • RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants.
  • the RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA- free kit (Ambion, INC), and high- quality RNA was eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer.
  • cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
  • the level of expression for each target gene was normalized using a human glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) endogenous control previously developed by ABI. Primer and probe sets are listed as follows: PDXl (Hs00236830_ml), Insulin (Hs00355773), and GAPDH (4310884E).
  • GPDH human glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase
  • Results 64 Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors. Data presented in Figure 13 from high content analysis show compound effects on cell number (panel A) and insulin intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line where respective data points were averaged from a triplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells. Data presented in Figure 14 from real-time PCR show compound effects for Pdxl and insulin. In these examples, Pdxl and insulin expression are indicative of pancreatic endoderm differentiation and generation of hormonal positive cells. Selective GSK3 ⁇ inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment and can induce and sustain pancreatic beta cell formation during later sequential stages of differentiation, as evident from both insulin immunostaining and real-time PCR.
  • Cell preparation for assay Pancreatic endoderm cells obtained according to the methods described in Example 9 and 10 (cultured on 96- wellplates) were subsequently subjected to agents that cause the cells to differentiate into pancreatic hormone expressing cells.
  • test volumes 100 ⁇ l per well for 96-well plates
  • medium with 0.5% FCS medium with 0.5% FCS
  • inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a
  • Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound.
  • Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3, 4, and 5, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3, 4, and 5 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS.
  • DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems).
  • Cells were subsequently treated for four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 ⁇ M KAAD cyclopamine, 2 ⁇ M Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7.
  • Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS or 1% B27 and without any other additives.
  • pancreatic endoderm After formation of pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated further for six days duration, feeding alternating days with DMEM :F 12 base medium containing 1% B27 with 1 ⁇ M DAPT (gamma secretase inhibitor: EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml Exendin 4 (Sigma- Aldrich) and 1 ⁇ M TGFbeta Rl inhibitor II (ALK5 inhibitor; EMD Biosciences). During this six day period, GSK3 ⁇ inhibitors were added back to respective wells, using the same concentration as previous treatment at the initiation of differentiation.
  • GSK3 ⁇ inhibitors were added back to respective wells, using the same concentration
  • Cells were then treated for another three days duration, feeding alternating days with DMEM :F 12 base medium containing 1% B27, 50 ng/ml Exendin 4, 50 ng/ml IGF (R&D Biosystems) and 50 ng/ml HGF (R&D Biosystems), and 1 ⁇ M TGFbeta Rl inhibitor II (ALK5 inhibitor; EMD Biosciences).
  • GSK3 ⁇ inhibitors were added back to respective wells, using the same concentration as previous treatment at the initiation of differentiation.
  • Parallel sets of positive control wells were treated in the presence or absence of 20ng/ml Wnt3a.
  • Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 1% B27 and without any other additives.
  • Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total insulin intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set.
  • Total insulin protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each triplicate set.
  • Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors.
  • Data presented in Figure 15 from high content analysis show compound effects on cell number (panel A) and insulin intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line, where respective data points were averaged from a triplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells.
  • insulin expression is indicative of differentiation to hormonal positive pancreatic cells.
  • Selective GSK3 ⁇ inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment and, when added at later stages of differentiation, appear to promote enhanced insulin expression relative to a positive control sample.
  • Table IA List of primary antibodies used for FACS and immunostainininganalysis.
  • Table Ib List of secondary conjugated antibodies used for FACS and immunostainininganalysis.
  • Table II Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the Viability of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers.
  • Table III Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the Viability of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers.
  • Table IV Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the differentiation and proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
  • Table V Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the differentiation and proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
  • Table VI Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
  • Table VII Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
  • Table VIII Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE Hl.
  • Table IX Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the DIFFERENTIATION of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE Hl.
  • Table X Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE H9.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to methods to treat pluripotent cells, whereby the pluripotent cells can be efficiently expanded in culture and differentiated by treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.

Description

TREATMENT OF PLURIPOTENT CELLS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention is directed to methods to treat pluripotent cells, whereby the pluripotent cells can be efficiently expanded in culture and differentiated by treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Advances in cell-replacement therapy for Type I diabetes mellitus and a shortage of transplantable islets of Langerhans have focused interest on developing sources of insulin-producing cells, or β cells, appropriate for engraftment. One approach is the generation of functional β cells from pluripotent cells, such as, for example, embryonic stem cells.
[0003] In vertebrate embryonic development, a pluripotent cell gives rise to a group of cells comprising three germ layers (ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm) in a process known as gastrulation. Tissues such as, for example, thyroid, thymus, pancreas, gut, and liver, will develop from the endoderm, via an intermediate stage. The intermediate stage in this process is the formation of definitive endoderm. Definitive endoderm cells express a number of markers, such as, HNF-3 beta, GATA-4, Mixll, CXCR4 and SOX-17.
[0004] Formation of the pancreas arises from the differentiation of definitive endoderm into pancreatic endoderm. Cells of the pancreatic endoderm express the pancreatic-duodenal homeobox gene, PDX-I. In the absence of PDX-I, the pancreas fails to develop beyond the formation of ventral and dorsal buds. Thus, PDX-I expression marks a critical step in pancreatic organogenesis. The mature pancreas contains, among other cell types, exocrine tissue and endocrine tissue. Exocrine and endocrine tissues arise from the differentiation of pancreatic endoderm.
[0005] The generation of a sufficient amount of cellular material for transplantation requires a source of the cellular material that can be efficiently expanded in culture, and efficiently differentiated into the tissue of interest, for example, functional β cells. [0006] Current methods to culture human embryonic stem cells are complex; they require the use of exogenous factors, or chemically defined media in order for the cells to proliferate without loosing their pluripotency. Furthermore differentiation of embryonic stem cells often results in a decrease in the cells to expand in culture.
[0007] In one example, Cheon et al (BioReprod DOI:10.1095/biolreprod.l05.046870, October
19, 2005) disclose a feeder-free, serum- free culture system in which embryonic stem cells are maintained in unconditioned serum replacement (SR) medium supplemented with different growth factors capable of triggering embryonic stem cell self-renewal.
[0008] In another example, US20050233446 discloses a defined media useful in culturing stem cells, including undifferentiated primate primordial stem cells. In solution, the media is substantially isotonic as compared to the stem cells being cultured. In a given culture, the particular medium comprises a base medium and an amount of each of bFGF, insulin, and ascorbic acid necessary to support substantially undifferentiated growth of the primordial stem cells.
[0009] In another example, WO2005086845 discloses a method for maintenance of an undifferentiated stem cell, said method comprising exposing a stem cell to a member of the transforming growth factor-beta (TGFβ) family of proteins, a member of the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) family of proteins, or nicotinamide (NIC) in an amount sufficient to maintain the cell in an undifferentiated state for a sufficient amount of time to achieve a desired result.
[0010] Inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase-3 (GSK-3) are known to promote proliferation and expansion of adult stem cells. In one example, Tateishi et al. (Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2007) 352: 635) show that inhibition of GSK-3 enhances growth and survival of human cardiac stem cells (hCSCs) recovered from the neonatal or adult human heart and having mesenchymal features.
[0011] For example, Rulifson et al (PNAS 144, 6247-6252, (2007)) states "Wnt signaling stimulates islet β cell proliferation. [0012] In another example, WO2007016485 reports that addition of GSK-3 inhibitors to the culture of non-embryonic stem cells, including multipotent adult progenitor cells, leads to the maintenance of a pluripotent phenotype during expansion and results in a more robust differentiation response.
[0013] In another example, US2006030042 uses a method of inhibiting GSK-3, either by addition of Wnt or a small molecule inhibitor of GSK-3 enzyme activity, to maintain embryonic stem cells without the use of a feeder cell layer.
[0014] In another example, WO2006026473 reports the addition of a GSK-3B inhibitor, to stabilize pluripotent cells through transcriptional activation of c-myc and stabilization of c-myc protein.
[0015] In another example, WO2006100490 reports the use of a stem cell culture medium containing a GSK-3 inhibitor and a gpl30 agonist to maintain a self-renewing population of pluripotent stem cells, including mouse or human embryonic stem cells.
[0016] In another example, Sato et al. (Nature Medicine (2004) 10:55-63) show that inhibition of GSK-3 with a specific pharmacological compound can maintain the undifferentiated phenotype of embryonic stem cells and sustain expression of pluripotent state-specific transcription factors such as Oct-3/4, Rex-1, and Nanog.
[0017] In another example, Maurer et al (Journal of Proteome Research (2007) 6: 1198-1208) show that adult, neuronal stem cells treated with a GSK-3 inhibitor show enhanced neuronal differentiation, specifically by promoting transcription of β-catenin target genes and decreasing apoptosis.
[0018] In another example, Gregory et al (Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences (2005) 1049:97-106) report that inhibitors of GSK-3B enhance in vitro osteogenesis.
[0019] In another example, Feng et al (Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communcations (2004) 324:1333-1339) show that hematopoietic differentiation from embryonic stem cells is associated with down-regulation of the Wnt/β-catenin pathway, where Wnt is a natural inhibitor of GSK3. [0020] Therefore, there still remains a significant need to develop methods for treating pluripotent stem cell such that they can be expanded to address the current clinical needs, while retaining the potential to differentiate into pancreatic endocrine cells, pancreatic hormone expressing cells, or pancreatic hormone secreting cells.
SUMMARY
[0021] The present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells by treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
[0022] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells, comprising the steps of:
a. Culturing pluripotent cells, and
b. Treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
[0023] In one embodiment, the pluripotent cells are differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
[0024] The pluripotent cells may be human embryonic stem cells, or they may be cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from human embryonic stem cells, according to the methods disclosed in 60/913475.
[0025] In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (I):
Figure imgf000005_0001
Formula (I) In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (II):
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula (II)
[0027] In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (III):
Figure imgf000007_0001
Formula (III)
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0028] Figure 1 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17189731 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0029] Figure 2 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17163796 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0030] Figure 3 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 17223375 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0031] Figure 4 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 18157698 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0032] Figure 5 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26158015 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0033] Figure 6 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26483197 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0034] Figure 7 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 26483249 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). [0035] Figure 8 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compound JNJ 10220067 on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Sox- 17 expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B). Results were obtained from cells of the human embryonic stem cell line Hl (white bars), or cells of the human embryonic stem cell line H9 (black bars), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare).
[0036] Figure 9 shows the expression of CXCR4 on the surface of cells, as determined by immunofluorescent staining and flow cytometric analysis, on cells treated with the compounds shown, according to the methods described in Example 8.
[0037] Figure 10 shows the expression of CXCR4 (Panel A), HNF-3 beta (Panel B), and Sox-17 (Panel C), as determined by real-time PCR, in cells treated with the compounds shown, according to the methods described in Example 8.
[0038] Figure 11 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and Pdx-1 expression, as determined by intensity of immunofluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 9.
[0039] Figure 12 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on Pdx- 1 expression (white bars) and HNF-6 (black bars), as determined by real-time PCR. Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 9.
[0040] Figure 13 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and insulin expression, as determined by intensity of immunofluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 10.
[0041] Figure 14 shows effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on Pdx-1 expression (white bars) and insulin (black bars), as determined by real-time PCR. Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 10. [0042] Figure 15 shows the effect of a range of concentrations of the compounds shown on cell number, as determined by the number of nuclei observed (Panel A) and insulin expression, as determined by intensity of immuno fluorescent staining (Panel B), using the IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare). Cells were treated according to the methods described in Example 11.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the detailed description of the invention is divided into the following subsections that describe or illustrate certain features, embodiments, or applications of the present invention.
Definitions
[0043] Stem cells are undifferentiated cells defined by their ability at the single cell level to both self-renew and differentiate to produce progeny cells, including self-renewing progenitors, non-renewing progenitors, and terminally differentiated cells. Stem cells are also characterized by their ability to differentiate in vitro into functional cells of various cell lineages from multiple germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm), as well as to give rise to tissues of multiple germ layers following transplantation and to contribute substantially to most, if not all, tissues following injection into blastocysts.
[0044] Stem cells are classified by their developmental potential as: (1) totipotent, meaning able to give rise to all embryonic and extraembryonic cell types; (2) pluripotent, meaning able to give rise to all embryonic cell types; (3) multipotent, meaning able to give rise to a subset of cell lineages, but all within a particular tissue, organ, or physiological system (for example, hematopoietic stem cells (HSC) can produce progeny that include HSC (self- renewal), blood cell restricted oligopotent progenitors and all cell types and elements (e.g., platelets) that are normal components of the blood); (4) oligopotent, meaning able to give rise to a more restricted subset of cell lineages than multipotent stem cells; and (5) unipotent, meaning able to give rise to a single cell lineage (e.g. , spermatogenic stem cells). [0045] Differentiation is the process by which an unspecialized ("uncommitted") or less specialized cell acquires the features of a specialized cell such as, for example, a nerve cell or a muscle cell. A differentiated or differentiation-induced cell is one that has taken on a more specialized ("committed") position within the lineage of a cell. The term "committed", when applied to the process of differentiation, refers to a cell that has proceeded in the differentiation pathway to a point where, under normal circumstances, it will continue to differentiate into a specific cell type or subset of cell types, and cannot, under normal circumstances, differentiate into a different cell type or revert to a less differentiated cell type. De-differentiation refers to the process by which a cell reverts to a less specialized (or committed) position within the lineage of a cell. As used herein, the lineage of a cell defines the heredity of the cell, i.e., which cells it came from and what cells it can give rise to. The lineage of a cell places the cell within a hereditary scheme of development and differentiation. A lineage-specific marker refers to a characteristic specifically associated with the phenotype of cells of a lineage of interest and can be used to assess the differentiation of an uncommitted cell to the lineage of interest.
[0046] "β-cell lineage" refer to cells with positive gene expression for the transcription factor PDX-I and at least one of the following transcription factors: NGN-3, Nkx2.2, Nkxό.l, NeuroD, IsI-I, HNF-3 beta, MAFA, Pax4, and Pax6. Cells expressing markers characteristic of the β cell lineage include β cells.
[0047] "Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage" as used herein refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: SOX- 17, GAT A-4, HNF-3 beta, GSC, Cerl, Nodal, FGF8, Brachyury, Mix-like homeobox protein, FGF4 CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), DKK4, FGF 17, GAT A-6, CXCR4, C-Kit, CD99, or OTX2. Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage include primitive streak precursor cells, primitive streak cells, mesendoderm cells and definitive endoderm cells.
[0048] "Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage" as used herein refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: PDX-I, FINF- lbeta, PTF-I alpha, HNF-6, or HB9. Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage include pancreatic endoderm cells.
[0049] "Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage" as used herein refer to cells expressing at least one of the following markers: NGN-3, NeuroD, Islet-1, PDX-I, NKX6.1, Pax-4, Ngn-3, or PTF-I alpha. Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage include pancreatic endocrine cells, pancreatic hormone expressing cells, and pancreatic hormone secreting cells, and cells of the β-cell lineage.
[0050] "Definitive endoderm" as used herein refers to cells which bear the characteristics of cells arising from the epiblast during gastrulation and which form the gastrointestinal tract and its derivatives. Definitive endoderm cells express the following markers: HNF- 3 beta, GATA-4, SOX-17, Cerberus, OTX2, goosecoid, C-Kit, CD99, and Mixll.
[0051] "Extraembryonic endoderm" as used herein refers to a population of cells expressing at least one of the following markers: SOX-7, AFP, and SPARC.
[0052] "Markers" as used herein, are nucleic acid or polypeptide molecules that are differentially expressed in a cell of interest. In this context, differential expression means an increased level for a positive marker and a decreased level for a negative marker. The detectable level of the marker nucleic acid or polypeptide is sufficiently higher or lower in the cells of interest compared to other cells, such that the cell of interest can be identified and distinguished from other cells using any of a variety of methods known in the art.
[0053] "Mesendoderm cell" as used herein refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), SOX-17, DKK4, HNF-3 beta, GSC, FGF 17, GAT A-6.
[0054] "Pancreatic endocrine cell", or "pancreatic hormone expressing cell" as used herein refers to a cell capable of expressing at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide. [0055] "Pancreatic hormone secreting cell" as used herein refers to a cell capable of secreting at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide.
[0056] "Pre-primitive streak cell" as used herein refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: Nodal, or FGF8
[0057] "Primitive streak cell" as used herein refers to a cell expressing at least one of the following markers: Brachyury, Mix-like homeobox protein, or FGF4.
[0058] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the expansion and differentiation of pluripotent cells comprising treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
[0059] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells, comprising the steps of:
c. Culturing pluripotent cells, and
d. Treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
[0060] In one embodiment, the pluripotent cells are differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
[0061] Markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage are selected from the group consisting of SOXl 7, GAT A4, Hnf-3beta, GSC, Cerl, Nodal, FGF8, Brachyury, Mix- like homeobox protein, FGF4 CD48, eomesodermin (EOMES), DKK4, FGF17, GATA6, CXCR4, C-Kit, CD99, and OTX2. Contemplated in the present invention is a cell, derived from a pluripotent cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage. In one aspect of the present invention, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a primitive streak precursor cell. In an alternate aspect, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a mesendoderm cell. In an alternate aspect, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage is a definitive endoderm cell. [0062] The pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about one to about 72 hours. Alternatively, the pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 12 to about 48 hours. Alternatively, the pluripotent cells may be treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 48 hours.
[0063] In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about 10OnM to about 100μM. Alternatively, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about lμM to about 10μM. Alternatively, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about 10μM.
Compounds suitable for use in the methods of the present invention
[0064] In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (I):
Figure imgf000014_0001
Formula (I)
[0065] wherein:
[0066] Ri is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl;
[0067] R2 is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl which is optionally Ci_4alkyl substituted, and at least one of Ri and R2 is pyrimidinyl;
[0068] R3 is hydrogen, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, Ci_salkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylCi.salkyloxycarbonyl, arylCi_salkyl, substituted arylCi_salkyl wherein the one or more aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, Ci_5alkoxy, halogen, amino, Ci.salkylamino, and diCi.salkylamino, phthalimidoCi.salkyl, aminoCi_5alkyl, diaminoCi-salkyl, succinimidoCi-salkyl, Ci-salkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci.salkylcarbonylCi.salkyl and aryloxycarbonylCi-salkyl;
[0069] R4 is -(A)-(CH2)q-X;
Figure imgf000015_0001
[0070] A is vinylene, ethynylene or ^ V^ y ^ ^
[0071] R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_salkyl, phenyl and phenylCi.salkyl;
[0072] q is 0-9;
[0073] X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, vinyl, substituted vinyl wherein one or more vinyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine, ethynyl, substituted ethynyl wherein the ethynyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine chlorine and iodine, Ci_salkyl, substituted Ci_salkyl wherein the one or more alkyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of C i_salkoxy, trihaloalkyl, phthalimido and amino, C3_7Cycloalkyl, Ci_salkoxy, substituted Ci_salkoxy wherein the alkyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of phthalimido and amino, phthalimidooxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci.salkyl, halogen and Ci_salkoxy, arylCi_salkyl, substituted arylCi_salkyl wherein the one or more aryl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, halogen and Ci_salkoxy, aryloxyCi.salkylamino, Ci.salkylamino, diC 1.5 alky lamino, nitrile, oxime, benxyloxyimino, Ci-salkyloxyimino, phthalimido, succinimido, Ci.salkylcarbonyloxy, phenylcarbonyloxy, substituted phenylcarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci.salkyl, halogen and Ci_salkoxy, phenylCi-salkylcarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, aminocarbonyloxy, Ci.salkylaminocarbonyloxy, diCi_5alkylaminocarbonyloxy, Ci-salkoxycarbonyloxy, substituted Ci-salkoxycarbonyloxy wherein the one or more alkyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and hexyl, phenoxycarbonyloxy, substituted phenoxycarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, Ci_salkoxy and halogen, Ci_salkylthio, substituted Ci.salkylthio wherein the alkyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and phthalimido, Ci.salkylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, substituted phenylsulfonyl wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of bromine, fluorine, chloride, Ci_salkoxy and trifluoromethyl; with the proviso that if A
Figure imgf000016_0001
is "^ ^ ^ , q is 0 and X is H, then R3 may not be 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl; pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0074] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein Ri is substituted phenyl and R2 is pyrimidin-3-yl.
[0075] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein Ri is 4-fluorophenyl.
[0076] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is hydrogen, arylCi_salkyl, or substituted arylCi-salkyl.
[0077] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is hydrogen or pheny 1C 1.5 alkyl .
[0078] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein A is ethynylene and q is 0-5.
[0079] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein X is succinimido, hydroxy, methyl, phenyl, Ci-salkylsulfonyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.salkylcarbonyloxy, Ci_salkoxy, phenylcarbonyloxy, Ci.salkylamino, diCi-salkylamino or nitrile.
[0080] Compounds of Formula (I) are disclosed in commonly assigned United States Patent
Number 6,214,830, the complete disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
[0081] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Compound Name
1 5(4)-(4-fluorophenyl)-4(5)-(4-pyridyl)imidazole,
2 4-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1 -(3-phenylpropyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole,
3 5-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1 -(3-phenylpropyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)imidazole,
4 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-iodo- 1 -(3-phenylpropyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole,
5 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-hydroxybutyn-l-yl)-l-(3-phenylpropyl)-5-(4- pyridyl)imidazole,
6 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-5 -(4-pyridyl)- 1 - [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl] - imidazole,
7 5 -(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)- 1 - [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl] - imidazole,
8 5-(4-fiuorophenyl)-2-iodo-4-(4-pyridyl)-l-[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl]-imidazole,
9 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)-2-(trimethylsilyl)ethinyl- 1 -[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl]-imidazole,
10 2-(2-chlorovinyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)-imidazole, Compound Name
11 5 -(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)- 1 - [2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl] - imidazole -2-carboxaldehyde,
12 2-[2,2-dibromoethylene- 1 -yl]-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)- 1 -[2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl]-imidazole-2-carboxaldehyde,
13 5(4)-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(3-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propyn- 1 -yl)-4(5)-(4- pyridyl)imidazole,
14 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)-l-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl]-2- oximinoimidazole,
15 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)-2-imidazole oxime,
16 2-(5-chloropentyn-l -yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1 -(3-phenylpropyl)-5-(4- pyridyl)imidazole,
17 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-N-phenylcarbamoyloxybutyn- 1 -yl) 1 -(3 - phenylpropyl)-5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole,
17 2-(4-chlorobutyn-l -yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1 -(3-phenylpropyl)-5-(4- pyridyl)imidazole, and
18 2-(4-dimethy laminobutyn- 1 -yl)-4-(4-fluorophenyl)- 1 -(3 -phenylpropyl)- 5-(4-pyridyl)imidazole.
n example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound Compound 5 of the formula:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Compound 5.
[0083] In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (II):
Figure imgf000019_0002
Formula (II)
[0084] Wherein:
[0085] R is selected from the group consisting of Ra, -Ci-salkyl-Ra, -C2-salkenyl-Ra, -C2-8alkynyl-Ra and cyano;
[0086] Ra is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl; [0087] R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R5, -C2-8alkenyl-R5, -C2.8alkynyl-R5, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heterocyclyl and heteroaryl are attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring carbon atom;
[0088] R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-NH2, -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-NH(Ci.8alkyl), -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-N(Ci.8alkyl)2, -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-S-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-NH2,
-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-SO2-N(Ci.8alkyl)2, -0-C(O)H, -O-C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -0-C(O)-NH2, -0-C(O)-NH(C i_8alkyl), -O-C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)H, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-CO2H, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)-NH2, -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-C(O)-NH(Ci.8alkyl), -O-(Ci.8)alkyl-C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(C i_8alkyl)2, -SH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl, -S-(C1.8)alkyl-S-(C1.8)alkyl, -S-(C1.8)alkyl-O-(C1.8)alkyl, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-NH2, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -S-(Ci.8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-N(Ci.8alkyl)2, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(C i_8alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -N-R7, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6;
[0089] R6 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -C2-8alkenyl, -C2-8alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(d_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(C 1.8)alkyl)2, -SO2-(C1.8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -(Ci_8)alkyl-N-R7, -(Ci_8)alkyl-(halo)i.3, -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8; with the proviso that, when R6 is attached to a carbon atom, R6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy, -(Ci_8)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, -SH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl, -N-R7, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and -heteroaryl-R8;
[0090] R7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -C2.8alkenyl, -C2.8alkynyl, -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -(Ci.8)alkyl-NH2, -(Ci.8)alkyl-NH(Ci.8alkyl), -(Ci.8)alkyl-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -(C1.8)alkyl-S-(C1.8)alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C 1.8)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(d.8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(C i_8alkyl)2, -SO2-(C1.8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -C(N)-NH2, -cycloalkyl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8;
[0091] R8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -(Ci_8)alkyl-(halo)i_3 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R8 is attached to a carbon atom, R8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, halo, -(Ci_8)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro;
[0092] R9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro;
[0093] R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R5, -C2_8alkenyl-R5, -C2_8alkynyl-R5, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(d_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(d_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(C1.8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6;
[0094] R3 is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R10, -C2_8alkenyl-R10, -C2_8alkynyl-R10, -Ci_8alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C i_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C i_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8;
[0095] R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_galkyl-R10, -C2_8alkenyl-R10, -C2_8alkynyl-R10, -Ci_8alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C i_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C i_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-R10, -SO2-(Ci.8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8;
[0096] R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo; and,
[0097] Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0098] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of Ra, -Ci_4alkyl-Ra, -C2_4alkenyl-Ra, -C2_4alkynyl-Ra and cyano.
[0100] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, Ra is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl.
[0101] In one embodiment, Ra is selected from the group consisting of dihydro-pyranyl, phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, dibenzofuryl and dibenzothienyl.
[0102] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -C2_4alkenyl-R5, -C2.4alkynyl-R5, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -C(O)-NH(Ci.4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heterocyclyl and heteroaryl are attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
[0103] In one embodiment, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heteroaryl is attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
[0104] In one embodiment, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5 and -naphthyl-R6.
[0105] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-OH, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH2, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-NH2,
-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -0-C(O)H, -O-C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -0-C(O)-NH2, -0-C(O)-NH(C i_4alkyl), -O-C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)H, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-CO2H, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-NH2, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(C i_4alkyl)2, -SH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-OH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH2, -S-(Ci.4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -S-(Ci.4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(C i_4alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -N-R7, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6. [0106] In one embodiment, R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R6.
[0107] In one embodiment, R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, hydroxy, -imidazolyl-R6, -triazolyl-R6 and -tetrazolyl-R6.
[0108] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R6 is
1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C2-4alkenyl, -C2-4alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C1-4)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(C M)alkyl)2, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -SO2-N(C1-4alkyl)2, -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7, -(Ci.4)alkyl-(halo)i.3, -(Ci_4)alkyl-OH, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_4)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8; with the proviso that, when R6 is attached to a carbon atom, R6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy, -(Ci_4)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, -SH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and -heteroaryl-R8.
[0109] In one embodiment, R6 is hydrogen.
[0110] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R7 is
2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C2.4alkenyl, -C2.4alkynyl, -(CM)alkyl-OH, -(CM)alkyl-O-(CM)alkyl, -(CM)alkyl-NH2, -(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -(Ci_4)alkyl-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -(Ci_4)alkyl-S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(C i_4alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -C(N)-NH2, -cycloalkyl-R8, -(Ci.4)alkyl-heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_4)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8.
[0111] In one embodiment R7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl) and -SO2-N(CMalkyl)2. [0112] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -(Ci_4)alkyl-(halo)i_3 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R8 is attached to a carbon atom, R8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halo, -(Ci_4)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro.
[0113] In one embodiment, R8 is hydrogen.
[0114] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(d_4alkyl), -N(C1-4alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro.
[0115] In one embodiment, R9 is hydrogen.
[0116] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -C2.4alkenyl-R5, -C2-4alkynyl-R5, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(d_4)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
[0117] In one embodiment, R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -C2_4alkenyl-R5, -C2-4alkynyl-R5, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C i_4)alkyl-R9, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6. [0118] In one embodiment, R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5 and -aryl-R6; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -N-R7, halogen, hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R6.
[0119] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2-4alkenyl-R10, -C2-4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C i_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C i_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -N-R7, -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8.
[0120] In one embodiment, R3 is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2_4alkenyl-R10, -C2_4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -CO2H, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halogen, hydroxy and nitro.
[0121] In one embodiment, R3 is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -NH2, -NH(d_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, halogen and hydroxy.
[0122] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2_4alkenyl-R10, -C2_4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C i_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C i_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C i_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-R10, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8. [0123] In one embodiment, R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2-4alkenyl-R10, -C2-4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -CO2H, -NH2, -NH(C1-4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl, -heterocyclyl, -aryl and -heteroaryl.
[0124] In one embodiment, R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl-R10, Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(C1-4alkyl)2, halogen and hydroxy.
[0125] In one embodiment, R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl-R10, Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(C1-4alkyl)2, chlorine, fluorine and hydroxy.
[0126] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo.
[0127] In one embodiment, R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (halo)i_3.
[0128] In one embodiment, R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (fluoro)3.
[0129] Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (II) wherein, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,OH) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H).
[0130] In one embodiment, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O, and the other is selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H).
[0131] In one embodiment, Y and Z are independently selected from O. [0132] Compounds of Formula (II) are disclosed in commonly assigned United States Patent
Number 7,125,878, the complete disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
[0133] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (II) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Compound Name
1 3 -(2-chlorophenyl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- lH-pyrrolo [2,3 -δ]pyridin-3 - yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
2 3-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-[l-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3 3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(l- naphthalenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
4 3-[l-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(l- naphthalenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
5 3-(5-chlorobenzo[δ]thien-3-yl)-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
6 3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(lH-indazol-3- yl)-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
7 3-(l -ethyl- lH-pyrrolo[2,3-6]pyridin-3-yl)-4-[l -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- IH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
8 3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
9 3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(3- methoxyphenyl)-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 3-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-[2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3 -[ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- 1 H-pyrrolo [2,3 -δ]pyridin-3 -yl] -4-(2-pyridinyl)- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3 -[3 -chloro-5 -(trifluoromethyl)-2-pyridinyl] -4- [ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- IH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(2-thienyl)- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(2,5-dichloro-3-thienyl)-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[ 1 -(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl]-4-[ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- IH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(lH-imidazol- 2-yl)- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[ 1 -(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-imidazol-4-yl]-4-[ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- IH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(2-hydroxyethyl)-lH-imidazol-4-yl]-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-lH-indazol-3-yl]-4-[l-(2-naphthalenyl)- lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3 -[ 1 -(3 -hydroxypropyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl]-4- [ 1 -(2-naphthalenyl)- IH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 3-[(E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethenyl]-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-6-yl)-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-[3,3'-bi-lH- pyrrole]-2,5-dione,
3-(2-benzofuranyl)-4-[ 1 -(3-hydroxypropyl)- l/f-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3- yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
2,5-dihydro-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-2,5- dioxo-lH-pyrrole-3-carbonitrile,
3-dibenzo[δ,<i]thien-4-yl-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(4-dibenzofuranyl)-4-[l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin- 3 -y 1] - 1 /f-pyrrole-2 , 5 -dione ,
3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)-4-[l-(3-methoxypropyl)-l/f-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin- 3 -y 1] - 1 /f-pyrrole-2 , 5 -dione ,
3 -(3 ,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -methoxypropyl)- 1 /f-pyrrolo [2,3 - δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4-[l -(3-hydroxypropyl)- lH-pyrrolo[2, 3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-4-[l-(2-naphthalenyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3- yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione, [3-[3-[2,5-dihydro-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-2,5-dioxo-lH-pyrrol-3-yl]-lH- pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-l-yl]propyl]-carbamic acid 2-methylpropyl ester,
3-[l-(3-aminopropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(2- methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
N-[3-[3-[2,5-dihydro-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-2,5-dioxo-lH-pyrrol-3-yl]- lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-l-yl]propyl]-acetamide,
N-[3-[3-[2,5-dihydro-4-(2-methoxyphenyl)-2,5-dioxo-lH-pyrrol-3-yl]- l/f-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridin-l-yl]propyl]-sulfamide,
3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-4-[l-[3-(lH-tetrazol-l-yl)propyl]-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-l/f-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-(2-methoxyphenyl)-4-[l-[3-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)propyl]-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- δ]pyridine-3-yl]-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3-[l-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-pyrazin-2-yl- pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3 -(2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5 -yl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy-propyl)- 1 H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
4-{3-[4-(2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-lH- pyrrol-3-yl]-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-l-yl}-butyronitrile,
4-{3-[4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrol-3- yl]-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-l-yl}-butyronitrile, and
3-(2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5-yl)-4-(l-phenethyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridine-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
the invention includes a compound of Formula (II) wherein the compound the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000032_0001
Compound 11 Compound 26 Compound 40
Figure imgf000032_0002
Compound 41 Compound 42 Compound 43
Figure imgf000032_0003
Compound 44
In one embodiment, the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (III):
Figure imgf000033_0001
Formula (III)
[0136] wherein
[0137] A and E are independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen substituted
carbon atom and a nitrogen atom; wherein
Figure imgf000033_0002
is independently selected from the group consisting of lH-indole, lH-pyrrolo[2,3-δ]pyridine, lH-pyrazolo[3,4- δ]pyridine and lH-indazole;
[0138] Z is selected from O; alternatively, Z is selected from dihydro; wherein each hydrogen atom is attached by a single bond;
[0139] R4 and R5 are independently selected from Ci.galkyl, C2-salkenyl and C2-salkynyl optionally substituted with oxo;
[0140] R2 is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-salkyl-, -C2-salkenyl-, -C2-salkynyl-,
-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-, -O-(C2.8)alkenyl-O-, -O-(C2-8)alkynyl-O-, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)- (wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are straight carbon chains optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -Ci.8alkyl-C(O)O-(Ci.8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo; and, wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl, spirocycloalkyl and spiroheterocyclyl (wherein any of the foregoing cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein any of the foregoing heterocyclyl substituents are optionally substituted with oxo)), cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl (wherein cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo), -(0-(CH2)L6V5-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-S-NR6-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-NR6-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-5-S-, -0-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-, -NR6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-(CH2)L6-NR8-, -NR6-C(O)-, -C(O)-NR6-, -C(0)-(CH2)o_6-NR6-(CH2)o_6-C(0)-, -NR6-(CH2)o-6-C(0)-(CH2)i_6-C(0)-(CH2)o-6-NR7-, -NR6-C(O)-NR7-, -NR6-C(NRy)-NR8-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-NR7- and -SO2- (wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo)); with the proviso that, if A and E are selected from a hydrogen substituted carbon atom, then R2 is selected from the group consisting of -C2_8alkynyl-, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-, -O-(C2_8)alkenyl-O-, -O-(C2-8)alkynyl-O-, -C(O)-(C i_8)alkyl-C(O)- (wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are straight carbon chains optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -Ci_8alkyl-C(O)O-(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo; and, wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyc IyI(C i_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl, spirocycloalkyl and spiroheterocyclyl (wherein any of the foregoing cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein any of the foregoing heterocyclyl substituents are optionally substituted with oxo)), cycloalkyl (wherein cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_galkoxy(Ci_g)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_g)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_g)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkoxy, hydroxy and
Figure imgf000036_0001
-(0-(CH2)L6)L5-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -(0-(CH2)L6)L5-NR6-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-NR6-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-5-S-, -0-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-(CH2)L6-NR8-, -NR9-C(O)-, -C(O)-NR9-,
-C(0)-(CH2)o-6-NR6-(CH2)o-6-C(0)-, -NR6-(CH2)o-6-C(0)-(CH2)L6-C(0)-(CH2)o-6-NR7-, -NR6-C(O)-NR7-, -NR6-C(NR7)-NR8-, -O-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S- and
-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-NR7- (wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl, heterocyc IyI(C i_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo); and, wherein Rg is selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), hydroxy(Ci_s)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci_g)alkyl, aryl(Ci_g)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_galkyl, Ci_galkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_g)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_s)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_g)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo)); and,
Ri and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_galkyl, C2-galkenyl, C2-galkynyl (wherein alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_galkoxy, alkoxy(Ci_g)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_g)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), (halo)i_3, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo), Ci_salkoxy, Ci_8alkoxycarbonyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_s)alkoxy, Ci_galkylthio, aryl, heteroaryl (wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_galkyl, Ci_galkoxy, alkoxy(Ci_g)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_g)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_g)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_g)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_g)alkyl), amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), cyano, halogen, hydroxy and nitro; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In one embodiment, a compound of Formula (III) is a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000038_0001
Formula QJSb)
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0003
Formula (HIc) Formula QSSd)
Figure imgf000038_0004
Formula (HIe) Formula (HIf)
Figure imgf000039_0001
Formula (HIg) Formula (IUh)
Figure imgf000039_0002
Formula (HIi) Formula (HIj)
Figure imgf000039_0003
Formula (HIk) Formula (HIi)
Figure imgf000040_0001
Formula (Him) Formula (HIn)
[0143] wherein all other variables are as previously defined; and, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0144] In one embodiment, a compound of Formula (III) is a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000040_0002
Formula (Ilia) Formula QJSb)
Figure imgf000041_0001
Formula (Illf) Formula (HIi)
Figure imgf000041_0002
Formula (HIj)
[0145] wherein all other variables are as previously defined; and, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0146] Compounds of Formula (III) are disclosed in commonly assigned United States Patent
Number 6,828,327, the complete disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference.
[0147] An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (III) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: Compound Name
6,7,9, 10, 12, 13, 15,16-octahydro-23H-5, 26:17,22-dimetheno-5H- dipyrido[2,3-^:3',2'-g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]trioxadiazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
10,11,13, 14,16,17,19,20,22,23-decahydro-9,4:24,29-dimetheno-lH- dipyrido[2,3-/?:3',2>-t]pyrrolo[3,4- q] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 13 ,22]tetraoxadiazacyclotetracosine- 1 ,3(2H)-dione,
10,11,13, 14, 16, 17, 19,20,22,23, 25, 26-dodecahydro-9,4:27,32-dimetheno- lH-dipyridoP^-^'^'-w/lpyrroloP/l- t] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 13 , 16,25]pentaoxadiazacycloheptacosine- 1 ,3(2H)-dione,
6,7,9,10,12,13-hexahydro-20H-5,23:14,19-dimetheno-5H- dibenzo[/z,/?]pyrrolo[3,4-£] [ 1 ,4,7, 16]dioxadiazacyclooctadecine- 20,22(2 lH)-dione,
6,7,9, 10, 12, 13, 15,16-octahydro-23H-5, 26:17,22-dimetheno-5H- dibenzo[^,g]pyrrolo[3,4-n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10,19]trioxadiazacycloheneicosine- 23,25(24H)-dione,
10,11,13, 14,16,17,19,20,22,23-decahydro-9,4:24,29-dimetheno-lH- dibenzo[n,t]pyrrolo[3,4-g][l,4,7,10,13,22]tetraoxadiazacyclotetracosine- l,3(2H)-dione,
10,11,13, 14, 16, 17, 19,20,22,23, 25, 26-dodecahydro-9,4:27,32-dimetheno- lH-dibenzo[g,w]pyrrolo[3,4- t] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 13 , 16,25]pentaoxadiazacycloheptacosine- 1 ,3(2H)-dione,
12-hydro-6H,19H-5,22:13, 18:7,1 l-trimethenopyrido[2,3-7]pyrrolo[3,4- m] [ 1 ,9]benzodiazacycloheptadecine- 19,21 (20H)-dione, 12-hydro-6H,19H-5,22:13,18-dimetheno-7,l l-nitrilopyrido[2,3- y]pyrrolo[3 ,4-m] [ 1 ,9]benzodiazacycloheptadecine- 19,21 (20H)-dione,
6,7,9,10,12,13-hexahydro-20H-5,23:14,19-dimetheno-5H-pyrido[2,3- £]pyrrolo[3 ,4-n] [4,7,1,10]benzodioxadiazacyclooctadecine -20,22(2 IH)- dione,
6,7,9,10,12,13, 15, 16-octahydro-23H-5,26:17,22-dimetheno-5H-pyrido[2,3- n]pyrrolo[3 ,4-q] [4,7,10,1, 13]benzotrioxadiazacycloheneicosine- 23,25(24H)-dione,
l l-ethyl-6,7,10,l l,12,13,15,16-octahydro-23H-5,26:17,22-dimetheno- 5H,9H-dibenzo[^,g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
6,7,10,l l,12,13,15,16-octahydro-l l-methyl-23H-5,26:17,22-dimetheno- 5H,9H-dibenzo[^,g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
6,7,10,11,12,13, 15, 16-octahydro-l l-(l-methylethyl)-23H-5,26: 17,22- dimetheno-5/f,9/f-dibenzo [^,g]pyrrolo [3 ,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14,15, 16-decahydro-8,l l,14-trimethyl-6H,23H- 5,26: 17,22-dimethenodibenzo[/?,φyrrolo[3,4- q] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 13]pentaazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
όJJOJ
Figure imgf000043_0001
nitrilo-5H,9H-dibenzo[^,g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
l l-ethyl-όJJOJ ^^JSJSJό-octahydro^SH-S^ό-metheno-π^-nitrilo- 5H,9H-dibenzo[^,g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione, l l-ethyl-6,7,10,l l,12,13,15,16-octahydro-23H-5,26:17,22-dimetheno- 5H,9H-dipyrido[2,3-^:3>,2'-g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
6,7,9, 10, 12, 13, 15,16-octahydro-23H-5, 26:17,22-dimetheno-5H- dipyrido[2,3-£:3',2'-g]pyrrolo[3,4- n][l,7,4,10,19]dioxathiadiazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione,
7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14,15, 16-decahydro-(6H,23H-5, 26:17,22- dimethenodipyrido[2,3-/?:3',2'-φyrrolo[3,4- g][l,7,13]triazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione,
l l-ethyl-7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14,15, 16-decahydro-6H,23H-5, 26:17,22- dimethenodipyrido[2,3-/?:3',2'-t]pyrrolo[3,4- g][l,7,13]triazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione,
6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14,15-decahydro-22H-5,25:16,21-dimetheno-5H- dipyrido[2,3-m:3',2'-5]pyrrolo[3,4-/?][l,6,12]triazacycloeicosine- 22,24(23H)-dione,
10-ethyl-6,7,8,9,10,l 1,12,13, 14,15-decahydro-22H-5,25:16,21-dimetheno- 5/f-dipyrido[2,3-m:3',2'-5]pyrrolo[3,4-/?][l,6,12]triazacycloeicosine- 22,24(23H)-dione,
7,8,9,15, 16,17,18-heptahydro-6H,25H-5,28:19,24-dimetheno-10,14- nitrilodipyrido[2,3-δ:3',2'-A]pyrrolo[3,4-e][l,10]diazacyclotricosine- 25,27(26H)-dione,
7,8,9,10,11,13, 14,15, 16-nonahydro-6H,23H-5, 26:17,22- dimethenodipyrido[2,3-δ:3',2'-A]pyrrolo[3,4-e][l,10]diazacycloheneicosine- 12,23,25(24H)-trione,
7,8,9,11,12,13, 14-heptahydro-6H,21H-5,24:15,20-dimethenodipyrido[2,3- δ:3',2'-A]pyrrolo[3,4-e][l,10]diazacyclononadecine-10,21,23(22H)-trione, 27 6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14,15-decahydro-7,14-dihydroxy-(7i?,14i?)-22H-
5,25:16,21-dimetheno-5H-dipyrido[2,3-δ:3',2'-A]pyrrolo[3,4- e] [ 1 , 10]diazacycloeicosine-22,24(23H)-dione,
28 6,7,9,10,12,13-hexahydro-20H-5,23:14,19-dimetheno-5H-dipyrido[2,3-
A:3',2'-/?]pyrrolo[3,4-A:][l,4,7,16]dioxadiazacyclooctadecine-20,22(21H)- dione,
29 6,7,10,11,12,13,15,16-octahydro- 11 -(2-methoxyethyl)-23H-5 ,26-metheno-
17,22-nitrilo-5H,9H-dibenzo[£,g]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,7,4, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
30 6,7, 10,11,12, 13, 15,16-octahydro- 11 -(2-hydroxyethyl)-23H-5, 26: 17,22- dimetheno-5H,9H-dibenzo[£,g]pyrrolo[3,4- /?][l,7,4,10,19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione, and
31 6,7,9,10,12,13, 14,15, 16,17-decahydro-14-methyl-24H-5,27:18,23- dimetheno-5H-dibenzo[/,r]pyrrolo[3,4- o] [1 ,4,7, 11 ,20]dioxatriazacyclodocosine-24,26(25H)-dione.
An example of the invention includes a compound of Formula (III) wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Compound 1 Compound 2 Compound 5
Figure imgf000046_0001
Compound 6
Other examples of the invention include a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Compound Name
Ia To be provided
2a 3 -[ 1 - [3 - [(2-hydroxyethyl)methylamino]propyl] - 1 H-indazol-3 -yl]-
4-[ 1 -(3-pyridinyl)- lH-indol-3-yl]- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
3a 3,5-dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-[(3,4,12,12a-tetrahydro-lH-
[ 1 ,4]thiazino[3 ,4-c] [ 1 ,4]benzodiazepin- 11 (6H)- yl)carbonyl]phenyl]-benzamide,
4a 3-[l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-4-(l-pyridin-3-yl-lH-indol-
3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
5 a 3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-(l-pyridin-3-yl-lH-indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-
2,5-dione,
6a 6-[[2-[[4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2- pyrimidinyl] amino] ethyl] amino]-3 -pyridinecarbonitrile, a 3 -(5 -chloro- 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-3 -yl)-4-[ 1 -(3 -imidazol- 1 -yl- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, a 3-(5-chloro-l-methyl-lH-indol-3-yl)-4-[l-(3-[l,2,3]triazol-l-yl- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, a 3-[l-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 0a To be provided 1a 3 -[ 1 -(3 -hydroxy-3 -methyl-butyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -4-( 1 -pyridin-3 - yl-lH-indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 2a 3-[l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-4-(l-pyrimidin-5-yl-lH- indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 3a 3-[ 1 -(2-hydroxy-ethyl)- lH-indol-3-yl]-4-(l -pyrimidin-5-yl- IH- indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 4a (l lZ)-8,9,10,13,14,15-hexahydro-2,6:17,21- di(metheno)pyrrolo[3,4-h][l,15,7]dioxazacyclotricosine- 22,24(1 H,23H)-dione, 5a 3 -(5 -chloro- 1 -pyridin-3 -yl-1 H-indol-3 -yl)-4-[l -(3 -hydroxy- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 6a 3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-[l-(3-methoxy-propyl)-lH-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 7a 3-[l-(3 -hydroxy-propyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -4-[ 1 -(tetrahydro-pyran-
4-yl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 8a 2-{3-[4-(5-chloro-l-methyl-lH-indol-3-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro- lH-pyrrol-3-yl]-indazol- 1 -yl} -N-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-acetamide, a 4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-6-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-5,6-dihydro-4H-
2,4,6-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorine- 1 ,3-dione, a 14-ethyl-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-5,26:17,22- dimethenodibenzo [k,q]pyrrolo [3 ,A- n][l,4,7,10,19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione, a 14-benzyl-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-5,26:17,22- di(metheno)dibenzo [k,q]pyrrolo [3 ,A- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione, a 3-(l-{2-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-lH-indol-3-yl)-4-[l-
(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, a 6,7,8,9,10,1 l,12,13-octahydro-8,l l-dimethyl-5,23: 14,19- dimetheno-20H-dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][l,4,7,10]tetraazacyclooctadecine-20,22(21H)-dione, a 7,8,9,10,12,13, 16,17,18,19-decahydro-8,17-dimethyl-15H,26H-
5,29:20,25-dimetheno-6H-dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19,22]dioxatetraazacyclotetracosine-26,28(27H)-dione, a 14-(2-fuiylmethyl)-6,7,9,10, 13,14, 15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-
5,26:17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione, a 14-(2-thienylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-
5,26:17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione, a 14-(l-naphthylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-
5,26:17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
a 14-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-
5,26:17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23 ,25(24H)-dione,
a 3-[ 1 -(2- {2-[2-(l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen- 1 -ylamino)-ethoxy]- ethoxy } -ethyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl]-4- { 1 - [2-( 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro- naphthalen- 1 -ylamino)-ethyl]- lH-indol-3-yl} -pyrrole-2,5-dione,
a 3-[ 1 -(3-dimethylamino-phenyl)- lH-indol-3-yl]-4-[ 1 -(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione,
a 3-[5-chloro-l -(6-dimethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl] -4- [ 1 ■
(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione, and
a 5-(5-chloro-3-{4-[l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-2,5-dioxo-
2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrol-3-yl}-indol-l-yl)-nicotinic acid methyl ester.
Other examples of the invention include a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000050_0001
Compound 2a Compound 3 a
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000050_0003
Compound 4a Compound 5 a Compound 6a
Figure imgf000050_0004
Compound 7a Compound 8a Compound 9a
Figure imgf000051_0001
Compound 10a Compound 11a Compound 12a
Figure imgf000051_0002
Compound 14a Compound 15a
Figure imgf000051_0003
Figure imgf000051_0004
Compound 16a Compound 17a Compound 18a
Figure imgf000052_0001
Compound 19a Compound 20a Compound 21a
Figure imgf000052_0002
Compound 22a Compound 23 a Compound 24a
Figure imgf000052_0003
Compound 25 a Compound 26a Compound 27a
Figure imgf000053_0001
Compound 28a Compound 29a Compound 30a
Figure imgf000053_0002
Compound 31a Compound 32a
Cells suitable for treatment according to the methods of the present invention
[0151] Pluripotent cells, suitable for use in the present invention express at least one of the following pluripotency markers selected from the group consisting of: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, SOX-2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA- 3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, and Tral-81.
[0152] In one embodiment, the pluripotent cells are embryonic stem cells. In an alternate embodiment, the pluripotent cells are cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from embryonic stem cells. In one embodiment, the embryonic stem cells are human. Isolation, expansion and culture of human embryonic stem cells
[0153] Characterization of human embryonic stem cells: Human embryonic stem cells may express one or more of the stage-specific embryonic antigens (SSEA) 3 and 4, and markers detectable using antibodies designated Tra-1-60 and Tra-1-81 (Thomson et al., Science 282:1145, 1998). Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells in vitro results in the loss of SSEA-4, Tra- 1-60, and Tra-1-81 expression (if present) and increased expression of SSEA-I . Undifferentiated human embryonic stem cells typically have alkaline phosphatase activity, which can be detected by fixing the cells with 4% paraformaldehyde, and then developing with Vector Red as a substrate, as described by the manufacturer (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame Calif.) Undifferentiated pluripotent stem cells also typically express Oct-4 and TERT, as detected by RT-PCR.
[0154] Another desirable phenotype of propagated human embryonic stem cells is a potential to differentiate into cells of all three germinal layers: endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm tissues. Pluripotency of human embryonic stem cells can be confirmed, for example, by injecting cells into SCID mice, fixing the teratomas that form using 4% paraformaldehyde, and then examining them histologically for evidence of cell types from the three germ layers. Alternatively, pluripotency may be determined by the creation of embryoid bodies and assessing the embryoid bodies for the presence of markers associated with the three germinal layers.
[0155] Propagated human embryonic stem cell lines may be karyotyped using a standard G- banding technique and compared to published karyotypes of the corresponding primate species. It is desirable to obtain cells that have a "normal karyotype", which means that the cells are euploid, wherein all human chromosomes are present and not noticeably altered.
[0156] Sources of human embryonic stem cells: Types of human embryonic stem cells that may be used include established lines of human embryonic cells derived from tissue formed after gestation, including pre-embryonic tissue (such as, for example, a blastocyst), embryonic tissue, or fetal tissue taken any time during gestation, typically but not necessarily before approximately 10-12 weeks gestation. Non- limiting examples are established lines of human embryonic stem cells or human embryonic germ cells, such as, for example the human embryonic stem cell lines Hl, H7, and H9 (WiCeIl). Also contemplated is use of the compositions of this disclosure during the initial establishment or stabilization of such cells, in which case the source cells would be primary pluripotent cells taken directly from the source tissues. Also suitable are cells taken from a pluripotent stem cell population already cultured in the absence of feeder cells. Also suitable are mutant human embryonic stem cell lines, such as, for example, BGOIv (BresaGen, Athens, GA).
[0157] In one embodiment, Human embryonic stem cells are prepared as described by Thomson et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,780; Science 282:1145, 1998; Curr. Top. Dev. Biol. 38:133 ff, 1998; Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:7844, 1995).
[0158] Culture of human embryonic stem cells: In one embodiment, human embryonic stem cells are cultured in a culture system that is essentially free of feeder cells, but nonetheless supports proliferation of human embryonic stem cells without undergoing substantial differentiation. The growth of human embryonic stem cells in feeder- free culture without differentiation is supported using a medium conditioned by culturing previously with another cell type. Alternatively, the growth of human embryonic stem cells in feeder-free culture without differentiation is supported using a chemically defined medium.
[0159] In an alternate embodiment, human embryonic stem cells are initially cultured layer of feeder cells that support the human embryonic stem cells in various ways. The human embryonic are then transferred to a culture system that is essentially free of feeder cells, but nonetheless supports proliferation of human embryonic stem cells without undergoing substantial differentiation.
[0160] Examples of conditioned media suitable for use in the present invention are disclosed in US20020072117, US6642048, WO2005014799, and Xu et al (Stem Cells 22: 972-980, 2004). [0161] An example of a chemically defined medium suitable for use in the present invention may be found in US20070010011.
[0162] Suitable culture media may be made from the following components, such as, for example, Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM), Gibco # 11965-092; Knockout Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (KO DMEM), Gibco # 10829-018; Ham's F12/50% DMEM basal medium; 200 mM L-glutamine, Gibco # 15039-027; non-essential amino acid solution, Gibco 11140-050; β- mercaptoethanol, Sigma # M7522; human recombinant basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF), Gibco # 13256-029.
[0163] In one embodiment, the human embryonic stem cells are plated onto a suitable culture substrate that is treated prior to treatment according to the methods of the present invention. In one embodiment, the treatment is an extracellular matrix component, such as, for example, those derived from basement membrane or that may form part of adhesion molecule receptor-ligand couplings. In one embodiment, a the suitable culture substrate is Matrigel® (Becton Dickenson). Matrigel® is a soluble preparation from Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm tumor cells that gels at room temperature to form a reconstituted basement membrane.
[0164] Other extracellular matrix components and component mixtures are suitable as an alternative. This may include laminin, fibronectin, proteoglycan, entactin, heparan sulfate, and the like, alone or in various combinations.
[0165] The human embryonic stem cells are plated onto the substrate in a suitable distribution and in the presence of a medium that promotes cell survival, propagation, and retention of the desirable characteristics. All these characteristics benefit from careful attention to the seeding distribution and can readily be determined by one of skill in the art.
Isolation, expansion and culture of cells expressing pluripotency markers that are derived from human embryonic stem cells
[0166] In one embodiment, cells expressing pluripotency markers are derived from human embryonic stem cells by a method comprising the steps of: a. Culturing human embryonic stem cells,
b. Differentiating the human embryonic stem cells into cells expressing markers characteristic of definitive endoderm cells, and
c. Removing the cells, and subsequently culturing them under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not pre -treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix prior to culturing the cells.
[0167] In one embodiment, cells expressing pluripotency markers are derived from human embryonic stem cells by a method comprising the steps of:
a. Culturing human embryonic stem cells, and
b. Removing the cells, and subsequently culturing them under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not pre -treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix.
Cell culture under hypoxic conditions on a tissue culture substrate that is not pre- treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix
[0168] In one embodiment, the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 1 to about 20 days. In an alternate embodiment, the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 5 to about 20 days. In an alternate embodiment, the cells are cultured under hypoxic conditions, on a tissue culture substrate that is not coated with an extracellular matrix for about 15 days.
[0169] In one embodiment, the hypoxic condition is about 1% O2 to about 20% O2. In an alternate embodiment, the hypoxic condition is about 2% O2 to about 10% O2. In an alternate embodiment, the hypoxic condition is about 3% O2.
[0170] The cells may be cultured, under hypoxic conditions on a tissue culture substrate that is not pre-treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix, in medium containing serum, activin A, and a Wnt ligand. Alternatively, the medium may also contain IGF-I . [0171] The culture medium may have a serum concentration in the range of about 2% to about 5%. In an alternate embodiment, the serum concentration may be about 2%.
[0172] Activin A may be used at a concentration from about lpg/ml to about lOOμg/ml. In an alternate embodiment, the concentration may be about lpg/ml to about lμg/ml. In another alternate embodiment, the concentration may be about lpg/ml to about 100ng/ml. In another alternate embodiment, the concentration may be about 50ng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In another alternate embodiment, the concentration may be about 100ng/ml.
[0173] The Wnt ligand may be selected from the group consisting of Wnt-1, Wnt-3a, Wnt-5a and Wnt-7a. In one embodiment, the Wnt ligand is Wnt-1. In an alternate embodiment, the Wnt ligand is Wnt-3a.
[0174] The Wnt ligand may be used at a concentration of about lng/ml to about 1000ng/ml. In an alternate embodiment, the Wnt ligand may be used at a concentration of about 10ng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Wnt ligand is about 20ng/ml.
[0175] IGF-I may be used at a concentration of about lng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In an alternate embodiment, the IGF- lmay be used at a concentration of about 10ng/ml to about 100ng/ml. In one embodiment, the concentration of IGF-I is about 50ng/ml.
[0176] The cells expressing pluripotency markers derived by the methods of the present invention are capable of expansion in culture under hypoxic conditions, on tissue culture substrate that is not pre-treated with a protein or an extracellular matrix.
[0177] The cells expressing pluripotency markers derived by the methods of the present invention express at least one of the following pluripotency markers selected from the group consisting of: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, SOX-2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, and Tral-81.
Further differentiation of cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage [0178] Cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage by any method in the art.
[0179] For example, cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage according to the methods disclosed in D 'Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology 24, 1392 - 1401 (2006).
[0180] For example, cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage are further differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage, by treating the cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage with a fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine, then removing the medium containing the fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine and subsequently culturing the cells in medium containing retinoic acid, a fibroblast growth factor and KAAD-cyclopamine. An example of this method is disclosed in D' Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology, 24: 1392-1401, (2006).
[0181] Markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage are selected from the group consisting of Pdxl, HNF-lbeta, PTFIa, HNF-6, HB9 and PROXl. Suitable for use in the present invention is a cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage. In one aspect of the present invention, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage is a pancreatic endoderm cell.
Further differentiation of cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage
[0182] Cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage by any method in the art.
[0183] For example, cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage may be differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage according to the methods disclosed in D 'Amour et al, Nature Biotechnology 24, 1392 - 1401 (2006).
[0184] Markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage are selected from the group consisting of NGN-3, NeuroD, Islet-1, Pdx-1, NKX6.1, Pax-4, Ngn-3, and PTF-I alpha. In one embodiment, a pancreatic endocrine cell is capable of expressing at least one of the following hormones: insulin, glucagon, somatostatin, and pancreatic polypeptide. Suitable for use in the present invention is a cell that expresses at least one of the markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage. In one aspect of the present invention, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage is a pancreatic endocrine cell. The pancreatic endocrine cell may be a pancreatic hormone expressing cell. Alternatively, the pancreatic endocrine cell may be a pancreatic hormone secreting cell.
[0185] In one aspect of the present invention, the pancreatic endocrine cell is a cell expressing markers characteristic of the β cell lineage. A cell expressing markers characteristic of the β cell lineage expresses Pdxl and at least one of the following transcription factors: NGN-3, Nkx2.2, Nkxό.l, NeuroD, IsI-I, HNF-3 beta, MAFA, Pax4, and Pax6. In one aspect of the present invention, a cell expressing markers characteristic of the β cell lineage is a β cell.
Detection of cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm linage
[0186] Formation of cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage may be determined by testing for the presence of the markers before and after following a particular protocol. Pluripotent stem cells typically do not express such markers. Thus, differentiation of pluripotent cells is detected when cells begin to express them.
[0187] The efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage. [0188] Methods for assessing expression of protein and nucleic acid markers in cultured or isolated cells are standard in the art. These include quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), Northern blots, in situ hybridization (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel et al., eds. 2001 supplement)), and immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
[0189] Examples of antibodies useful for detecting certain protein markers are listed in Table IA. It should be noted that alternate antibodies directed to the same markers that are recognized by the antibodies listed in Table IA are available, or can be readily developed. Such alternate antibodies can also be employed for assessing expression of markers in the cells isolated in accordance with the present invention.
[0190] For example, characteristics of pluripotent stem cells are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional characteristics of pluripotent stem cells continue to be identified. Pluripotent stem cell markers include, for example, the expression of one or more of the following: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, Sox2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, Tral-81.
[0191] After treating pluripotent stem cells with the methods of the present invention, the differentiated cells may be purified by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker, such as CXCR4, expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
Detection of cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm linage
[0192] Markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage continue to be identified. These markers can be used to confirm that the cells treated in accordance with the present invention have differentiated to acquire the properties characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage. Pancreatic endoderm lineage specific markers include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, Hlxb9, PTF-Ia, PDX-I, HNF-6, HNF-lbeta.
[0193] The efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endoderm lineage.
[0194] Methods for assessing expression of protein and nucleic acid markers in cultured or isolated cells are standard in the art. These include quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), Northern blots, in situ hybridization (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel et ah, eds. 2001 supplement)), and immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
[0195] Examples of antibodies useful for detecting certain protein markers are listed in Table IA. It should be noted that alternate antibodies directed to the same markers that are recognized by the antibodies listed in Table IA are available, or can be readily developed. Such alternate antibodies can also be employed for assessing expression of markers in the cells isolated in accordance with the present invention.
Detection of cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine linage
[0196] Markers characteristic of cells of the pancreatic endocrine lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage continue to be identified. These markers can be used to confirm that the cells treated in accordance with the present invention have differentiated to acquire the properties characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage. Pancreatic endocrine lineage specific markers include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, NGN-3, NeuroD, Islet-1. [0197] Markers characteristic of cells of the β cell lineage are well known to those skilled in the art, and additional markers characteristic of the β cell lineage continue to be identified. These markers can be used to confirm that the cells treated in accordance with the present invention have differentiated to acquire the properties characteristic of the β-cell lineage, β cell lineage specific characteristics include the expression of one or more transcription factors such as, for example, Pdxl (pancreatic and duodenal homeobox gene-1), Nkx2.2, Nkxό.l, IsIl, Pax6, Pax4, NeuroD, Hnflb, Hnf-6, Hnf-3beta, and MafA, among others. These transcription factors are well established in the art for identification of endocrine cells. See, e.g., Edlund (Nature Reviews Genetics 3: 524-632 (2002)).
[0198] The efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the pancreatic endocrine lineage. Alternatively, the efficiency of differentiation may be determined by exposing a treated cell population to an agent (such as an antibody) that specifically recognizes a protein marker expressed by cells expressing markers characteristic of the β cell lineage.
[0199] Methods for assessing expression of protein and nucleic acid markers in cultured or isolated cells are standard in the art. These include quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), Northern blots, in situ hybridization (see, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Ausubel et ah, eds. 2001 supplement)), and immunoassays such as immunohistochemical analysis of sectioned material, Western blotting, and for markers that are accessible in intact cells, flow cytometry analysis (FACS) (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)).
[0200] Examples of antibodies useful for detecting certain protein markers are listed in Table IA. It should be noted that alternate antibodies directed to the same markers that are recognized by the antibodies listed in Table IA are available, or can be readily developed. Such alternate antibodies can also be employed for assessing expression of markers in the cells isolated in accordance with the present invention.
[0201] The present invention is further illustrated, but not limited by, the following examples. Example 1
Human Embryonic Stem Cell Culture
Stem cells are undifferentiated cells defined by their ability at the single cell level to both self-renew and differentiate to produce progeny cells, including self-renewing progenitors, non-renewing progenitors, and terminally differentiated cells. Stem cells are also characterized by their ability to differentiate in vitro into functional cells of various cell lineages from multiple germ layers (endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm), as well as to give rise to tissues of multiple germ layers following transplantation and to contribute substantially to most, if not all, tissues following injection into blastocysts.
The human embryonic stem cell lines Hl, H7 and H9 were obtained from WiCeIl
Research Institute, Inc., (Madison, WI) and cultured according to instructions provided by the source institute. Briefly, cells were cultured on mouse embryonic fibroblast (MEF) feeder cells in ES cell medium consisting of DMEM/F12 (Invitrogen/GIBCO) supplemented with 20% knockout serum replacement, 100 nM MEM nonessential amino acids, 0.5 mM beta-mercaptoethanol, 2mM L-glutamine with 4ng/ml human basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) (all from Invitrogen/GIBCO). MEF cells, derived from E13 to 13.5 mouse embryos, were purchased from Charles River. MEF cells were expanded in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS (Hyclone), 2mM glutamine, and 100 mM MEM nonessential amino acids. Sub-confluent MEF cell cultures were treated with lOμg/ml mitomycin C (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) for 3h to arrest cell division, then trypsinized and plated at 2xlO4/cm2 on 0.1% bovine gelatin-coated dishes. MEF cells from passage two through four were used as feeder layers. Human embryonic stem cells plated on MEF cell feeder layers were cultured at 370C in an atmosphere of 5% CO2/ within a humidified tissue culture incubator. When confluent (approximately 5-7 days after plating), human embryonic stem cells were treated with lmg/ml collagenase type IV (Invitrogen/GIBCO) for 5-10 min and then gently scraped off the surface using a 5-ml pipette. Cells were spun at 900 rpm for 5 min, and the pellet was resuspended and re-plated at a 1 :3 to 1 :4 ratio of cells in fresh culture medium. [0203] In parallel, Hl, H7, and H9 human embryonic stem cells were also seeded on plates coated with a 1 :30 dilution of growth factor reduced MATRI GEL™ (BD Biosciences) and cultured in MEF-conditioned media supplemented with 8 ng/ml bFGF. The cells cultured on MATRI GEL™ were routinely passaged with collagenase IV (Invitrogen/GIBCO), Dispase (BD Biosciences) or Liberase enzyme (Source). Some of the human embryonic stem cell cultures were incubated under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O2).
Example 2
Derivation and Culture of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers, Derived from
Human Embryonic Stem Cells
[0204] Cells from the human embryonic stem cell lines Hl and H9 various passages (Passage 30-54) were cultured under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O2) for at least three passages. The cells were cultured in MEF-CM supplemented with 8 ng/ml of bFGF and plated on MATRIGEL coated plates according to Example 1.
[0205] Cells were then treated with DMEM/F12 medium supplemented with 0.5% FBS, 20 ng/ml WNT-3a (Catalog# 1324-WN-002, R&D Systems, MN), and 100 ng/ml Activin-A (R&D Systems, MN) for two days followed by treatment with DMEM/F12 media supplemented with 2% FBS and 100 ng/ml Activin-A (AA) for an additional 3 to 4 days. This protocol resulted in significant upregulation of definitive endoderm markers.
[0206] The cells were then treated with TrypLE™ Express solution (Invitrogen, CA) for 5 mins. Released cells were resuspended in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS medium, recovered by centrifugation, and counted using a hemocytometer. The released cells were seeded at 1000-10,000 cells/cm2 on tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) treated flasks and cultured in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml activin-A + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O2) at 37 0C in standard tissue culture incubator. The TCPS flaks were not coated with MATRIGEL or other extarcellular matrix proteins. The media was changed daily. In some cultures, the media was further supplemented with 10-50 ng/ml of IGF-I (insulin growth factor-I from R&D Systems, MN) or IX ITS (Insulin, transferrin, and selenium from Invitrogen, Ca). In some of the culture conditions the basal media (DM-F 12 + 2% FBS) was further supplemented with 0.1 mM mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, CA) and non-essential amino acids (IX, NEAA from Invitrogen, CA).
[0207] Following 5 to 15 days of culturing, distinct cell colonies appeared surrounded by a large number of enlarged cells that appear to be in senescence. At approximately 50 to 60% confluency, the cultures were passaged by exposure to TrypLE™ Express solution for 5 mins at room temperature. The released cells were resuspended in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS medium, recovered by centrifugation, and seeded at 10,000 cells/cm2 on tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) treated flasks in DMEM-F 12 + 2%FBS + 100 ng/ml activin- A + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A +/- 50 ng/ml of IGF-I. This media will be further referred to as the "growth media".
Example 3
Derivation of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers from a Single Cell Suspension of Human Embryonic Stem Cells
[0208] Cells from the human embryonic stem cell lines Hl P33 and H9 P45 were cultured under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O2) for at least three passages. The cells were cultured in MEF-CM supplemented with 8 ng/ml of bFGF and plated on MATRIGEL coated plates according to Example 1. At approximately 60% confluency, the cultures were exposed to TrypLE™ Express solution (Invitrogen, CA) for 5 mins. Released cells were resuspended in DMEM-F 12 + 2% FBS medium, recovered by centrifugation, and counted using a hemocytometer. The released cells were seeded at 1000 to 10,000 cells/cm2 on tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) treated flasks and cultured in DM-F 12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml activin-A + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 50 ng/ml of IGF-I + 0.1 mM mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, CA) and non-essential amino acids (IX, NEAA from Invitrogen, CA) under hypoxic conditions (approximately 3% O2) at 37 0C in standard tissue culture incubator. The TCPS flasks were not coated with MATRIGEL or other extarcellular matrix proteins. The media was changed daily. The first passage cells are referred to as Pl. Example 4
Various Growth Media Useful for Expansion of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers Derived from Human Embryonic Stem Cells
[0209] Cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from human embryonic stem cells have been successfully cultured in the following media compositions for at least 2-30 passages:
1. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml AA + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A
2. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml AA + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 50 ng/ml IGF-I
3. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml AA + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 10 ng/ml IGF-I
4. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 50 ng/ml AA + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 50 ng/ml IGF-I
5. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 50 ng/ml AA + 10 ng/ml WNT-3A + 50 ng/ml IGF-I
6. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 50 ng/ml AA + 20 ng/ml WNT-3A + 10 ng/ml IGF-I
7. DM-F12 + 2% FBS + 100 ng/ml AA + 10 ng/ml WNT-3A + 10 ng/ml IGF-I
8. HEScGRO defined media (Chemicon, CA)
The basal component of the above listed media may be replaced with similar media such as, RPMI, DMEM, CRML, Knockout ™DMEM, and F12.
Example 4
Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3β Enzyme Activity on the Viability of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers
[0210] Derivation and maintenance of cells expressing pluripotency makers was conducted as has been described in Example 2. Cells were grown in DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS (Invitrogen), 100 ng/ml Activin A, 20 ng/ml Wnt-3a, and 50 ng/ml IGF(R&D Biosystems). Cells were seeded at a density of 10,000 cells/cm2 on Falcon polystyrene flasks and grown in monolayer culture at 370C, 5% CO2, low oxygen. After reaching 60- 70% confluence, cells were passed by washing the monolayer with PBS and incubating with TrypLE (Invitrogen) for 3-5 minutes to allow detachment and single cell dispersal.
[0211] Screening was conducted using test compounds from a proprietary library of small molecules selected for their ability to inhibit GSK-3B enzyme activity. Compounds from this library were made available as ImM stocks, in a 96-well plate format in 5OmM HEPES, 30% DMSO. For assay, cells expressing pluripotency markers were washed, counted, and plated in normal culture medium at a seeding density of 20,000 cells per well in 96-well clear-bottom, dark- well plates (Costar). This seeding density was previously determined to yield optimal monolayer formation in overnight culture. On the following day, culture medium was removed, cell monolayers were rinsed three times with PBS, and test compounds were added to the wells in 80μl aliquots, each diluted into assay medium at a final assay concentration of lOμM. On day 2 of the assay, medium was removed from each well and replaced with a fresh aliquot of test compounds diluted into assay medium. Assay medium on days 1 and 2 of culture consisted of DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 0.5% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A. On days 3 and 4 of culture, medium was removed from each well and replaced with DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A (no test compound). On day 4 of assay, 15μl of MTS (Promega) was added to each well and plates were incubated at 370C for 1.5 to 4 hours prior to reading optical density at 490 nm on a SpectraMax (Molecular Devices) instrument. Statistical measures consisting of mean, standard deviation, and coefficient of variation were calculated for each duplicate set. Toxicity was calculated for each test well relative to a positive control (wells treated with Activin A and Wnt3a on days 1 and 2 of culture).
[0212] Table II is a compilation of all screening results. Cells expressing pluripotency markers were plated initially as a confluent monolayer in this assay; hence, the results are representative of a toxicity measure over the four-day culture period. Results are expressed as percentage viability of control, and demonstrate variable toxicity for some compounds at the lOμM screening concentration used. A larger proportion of the compounds have minimal or no measurable toxicity in this cell-based assay. [0213] A small panel of select compounds was repeat tested over a narrow dose titration range, again using cells expressing pluripotency markers in a similar assay as described above. Table III is a summary of these results, demonstrating variable dose titration effects for a range of toxic and non-toxic compounds.
Example 5
Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3β Enzyme Activity on the Differentiation and Proliferation of Human Embryonic Stem Cells Determined using a High Content
Screening Assay
[0214] Maintenance of human embryonic stem cells (H9 line) was conducted as described in Example 1. Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 370C followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, followed by washing to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for routine maintenance culture or a 1 :1 ratio for immediate assay. The human embryonic stem cell lines used were maintained at passage numbers less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
[0215] Cell clusters used in the assay were evenly resuspended in normal culture medium and plated onto MATRIGEL-coated 96-well Packard VIEWPLATES (PerkinElmer) in volumes of lOOμl/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and recovery. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Plates were maintained at 370C, 5% CO2 in a humidified box throughout the duration of assay.
[0216] Screening was conducted using test compounds from a proprietary library of small molecules selected for their ability to inhibit GSK-3B enzyme activity. Compounds from this library were made available as ImM stocks, in a 96-well plate format in 5OmM HEPES, 30% DMSO. Screening compounds were tested in triplicate or duplicate sets. Primary screening assays were initiated by aspirating culture medium from each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of 80 to lOOμl per well were added back containing DMEM:F12 base medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 0.5% FCS (HyClone) and 100ng/ml activin A (R&D Biosystems) plus lOμM test compound. Positive control wells contained the same base medium, substituting 10-20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) for the test compound. Negative control wells contained base medium with 0.5% FCS and activin A alone (AA only) or alternatively, 0.5% FCS without activin A or Wnt3a (no treatment). Wells were aspirated and fed again with identical solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and converted to DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml activin A (without test compound or Wnt3a); parallel negative control wells were maintained in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS and activin A (AA only) or alternatively, 2% FCS without activin A (no treatment).
[0217] At the end of culture, cells in 96-well plates were fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. Alternatively, cells were fixed with ice cold 70% ethanol overnight at -2O0C, washed three times with PBS, and then permeabilized with Triton X-100 for 5 minutes at 40C. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and then blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibodies (goat anti-human Sox 17 and goat anti-human HNF-3beta; R&D Systems) were diluted 1 : 100 in 4% chicken serum and added to cells for one hour at room temperature. Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody (chicken anti-goat IgG; Molecular Probes) was diluted 1 :200 in PBS and added after washing the cells three times with PBS. To counterstain nuclei, 5 mM Draq5 (Alexis Biochemicals) was added for five minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 ml/well PBS for imaging.
[0218] Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Draq5 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using a positive control wells and wells with secondary only for untreated negative controls. Twelve fields per well were obtained to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Total cell numbers and total cell intensity for Sox- 17 and HNF-3beta were measured using the IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.6 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for replicates. Total protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000 and form factors greater than or equal to 0.4. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data was calculated for averages and standard deviation for each replicate set.
[0219] Table IV is a representative summary of all screening results. Table V is a list of hits from this screening. Strong hits are defined as greater than or equal to 120% of control values; moderate hits are defined as falling within the interval of 60-120% of control values. A significant number of compounds induce both a proliferative response in this assay. In parallel, a significant number of compounds induce differentiation in this assay, as measured by the protein expression of Sox 17 and Hnf-3b transcription factors.
Example 6
Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3β Enzyme Activity on the Proliferation of Human Embryonic Stem Cells Determined using a Plate Reader Assay
[0220] Maintenance of human embryonic stem cells (H9 or Hl lines) was conducted as described in Example 1. Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma- Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 370C followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment and washed to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a ratio of 1 :3 monolayer area for routine culture or a 1 :1 ratio for immediate assay. The human embryonis stem cell lines used for these examples were maintained at passage numbers less than 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype as well as absence of mycoplasm contamination.
[0221] Cell clusters used in assay were evenly resuspended in normal culture medium and plated into MATRIGEL-coated 96-well Packard VIEWPLATES (PerkinElmer) in volumes of lOOμl/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF) was used for initial plating and recovery. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Plates were maintained at 370C in a humidified box, 5% CO2 throughout the duration of assay.
[0222] Primary screening assays were initiated by aspirating culture medium from each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of 80-100μl per well were added back containing DMEM:F12 base medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 0.5% FCS (HyClone) and lOOng/ml activin A (R&D Biosystems) and lOμM test compound. Positive control wells contained the same medium substituting 10-20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems). Negative control wells contained base medium with 0.5% FCS without activin A or Wnt3a. Screening compounds were tested in triplicate. Wells were aspirated and fed again with identical solutions on day 2 of the assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and converted to DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml activin A with the exception of negative control wells which were maintained in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS.
[0223] On day 4 of assay, 15-20μl of MTS (Promega) was added to each well and plates were incubated at 370C for 1.5 to 4 hours. Densitometric readings at OD490 were determined using a Molecular Devices spectrophotometer plate reader. Average readings for replicate sets were calculated along with standard deviation and coefficient of variation. Experimental wells were compared to the Activin A/Wnt3a positive control to calculate a percent control value as a measure of proliferation. [0224] Table VI is a representative summary of all screening results. Table VII is a list of hits from this screening. Strong hits are defined as greater than or equal to 120% of control values; moderate hits are defined as falling within the interval of 60-120% of control values. A significant number of compounds induce a proliferative response in this assay.
Example 7
Effects of GSK-3β Enzyme Inhibitors on the Differentiation and Proliferation of Human Embryonic Stem Cells: Dose Titration of Lead Compounds
[0225] It was important to confirm the activity of hits identified from primary screening and further analyze the range of activity by dose titration. New samples of a selective subset of primary screening hits were obtained as dry powders, solubilized to make fresh stock reagents, and diluted into secondary confirmation assays to evaluate effects on human embryonic stem cells.
[0226] Culture of two human embryonic stem cells (Hl and H9) was conducted as described in Example 1. Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state on Matrigel™ (Invitrogen)-coated polystyrene plastic, using a 1 :30 dilution of Matrigel™ in DMEM :F 12 to coat the surface. Cells were split by enzymatic passage every four days on average. Passage was performed by exposing cell monolayers to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) for 10 to 60 minutes at 370C followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, then washed to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for maintenance culture or a 1 :1 ratio for subsequent assay. The human embryonic stem cell lines were maintained at less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
[0227] Preparation of cells for assay: Cell clusters of the Hl or H9 human embryonic stem cell lines used in the assay were evenly resuspended in culture medium and plated onto Matrigel™-coated 96-well Packard VIEWPLATES (PerkinElmer) in volumes of lOOμl/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and expansion. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Cultures were allowed to expand one to three days after plating prior to initiating assay. Plates were maintained at 370C, 5% CO2 in a humidified box for the duration of assay.
[0228] Preparation of compounds and assay medium: A subset of hits resulting from primary screening was used for follow-up study and subsequent secondary assays. Twenty compounds available as dry powders were solubilized as 1OmM stocks in DMSO and stored dessicated at -2O0C until use. Immediately prior to assay, compound stocks were diluted 1 : 1000 to make lOμM test compound in DMEM:F12 base medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 0.5% FCS (HyClone) and lOOng/ml Activin A (R&D Biosystems). This was further diluted two-fold in series to make a seven point dilution curve for each compound, also in DMEM:F12 base medium with 0.5% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A.
[0229] Secondary screening assay: Assay was initiated by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of lOOμl per well were added back containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS and with 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS.
[0230] Assay evaluation: At the end of culture, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and then blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibodies (goat anti-human Soxl7; R&D Systems) were diluted 1 : 100 in 4% chicken serum and added to the cells for one hour at room temperature. Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody (chicken anti-goat IgG; Molecular Probes) was diluted 1 :200 in PBS and added to each well after washing the cells three times with PBS. To counterstain nuclei, 2μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Invitrogen) was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 μl/well PBS for imaging.
[0231] Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone as an untreated negative control. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total Sox- 17 intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set. Total Sox 17 protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000 and form factors greater than or equal to 0.4. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each replicate set.
Results
[0232] Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors where activity was confirmed and potency was determined by titration in this secondary assay. Data presented show compound effects on cell number and Sox 17 intensity where respective data points were averaged from a duplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells. In this example, Sox 17 expression is indicative of definitive endoderm differentiation. Results for cell number and Soxl7 intensity, respectively, using the Hl human embryonic stem cell line are shown in Tables VIII and IX. Results for the H9 human embryonic stem cell line are shown in Tables X and XI. Positive control values were normalized to 1.000 for cell number and Sox 17 intensity. Negative control values were less-than 0.388 for cell number and less-than 0.065 for Soxl7 intensity with both cell lines. A graphic portrayal of these data, comparing both human embryonic stem cell lines and including a dose titration of each compound, is provided in Figures 1 to 8. Cell number is presented in panel A; Sox 17 intensity is shown in panel B. These data confirm that each compound can promote hES cell proliferation and definitive endoderm differentiation and identify an optimal range of activity.
Example 8
Effects of GSK-3β Enzyme Inhibitors on the Expression of Additional Markers Associated with Definitive Endoderm
[0233] It was important to demonstrate that lead compounds could also induce other markers indicative of definitive endoderm differentiation, in addition to the transcription factor Sox 17. A select subset of hits was tested for their ability to promote expression of CXCR4, a surface receptor protein, and HNF-3 beta, a transcription factor also associated with definitive endoderm differentiation.
[0234] Preparation of cells for assay: Cell clusters from the Hl human embryonis stem cell line used in the assay were evenly resuspended in culture medium and plated onto MATRIGEL™-coated (1 :30 dilution) 6-well plates (Corning) in volumes of 2 ml/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and expansion. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Cultures were allowed to expand one to three days after plating prior to initiating assay. Plates were maintained at 37°C, 5% CO2 for the duration of assay.
[0235] Preparation of compounds and assay medium: A subset of seven hits resulting from primary screening was used for follow-up study and subsequent secondary assays. Neat compounds were solubilized as 1OmM stocks in DMSO and stored dessicated at -200C until use. Immediately prior to assay, compound stocks were diluted to a final concentration ranging between lμM and 5μM in DMEM:F12 base medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 0.5% FCS (HyClone) and lOOng/ml Activin A (R&D Biosystems).
[0236] Assay: The assay was initiated by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. Test volumes of 2ml per well were added back containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS.
[0237] Assay evaluation: At the end of culture, cell monolayers were washed with PBS and harvested from culture plates by incubating 5 minutes with TrypLE™ Express solution (Invitrogen, CA). Cells were resuspended in MEF conditioned medium and split into two equal samples. One set of samples was further stained with various fluorescent labeled antibodies and subjected to flow cytometric (FACS) analysis. A second parallel set of samples was subjected to quantitative PCR.
[0238] Cells for FACS analysis were washed into PBS and blocked for 15 minutes at 40C in 0. 125% human gamma-globulin (Sigma cat# G-4386) diluted in PBS and BD FACS staining buffer. Aliquots of cells (approximately 105 cells each) were stained for 30 minutes at 40C with antibodies directly conjugated to a fluorescent tag and having specificity for CD9 PE (BD#555372), CD99 PE (Caltag#MHCD9904), or CXCR-4 APC (R&D Systems cat# FAB173A). After a series of washes in BD FACS staining buffer, cells were stained with 7-AAD (BD# 559925) to assess viability and analyzed on a BD FACS Array instrument (BD Biosciences), collecting at least 10,000 events. Mouse IgGik isotype control antibodies for both PE and APC were used to gate percent positive cells.
[0239] Cells for quantitative PCR were processed for RNA extraction, purification, and cDNA synthesis. RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants. The RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA- free kit (Ambion, Inc.), and high-quality RNA was eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer. cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
[0240] Unless otherwise stated, all reagents for real-time PCR amplification and quantitation were purchased from ABI. Real-time PCR reactions were performed using the ABI PRISM 7900 Sequence Detection System. TAQMAN UNIVERSAL PCR MASTER MIX (ABI, CA) was used with 20 ng of reverse transcribed RNA in a total reaction volume of 20 μl. Each cDNA sample was run in duplicate to correct for pipetting errors. Primers and FAM-labeled TAQMAN probes were used at concentrations of 200 nM. The level of expression for each target gene was normalized using a human glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) endogenous control previously developed by ABI. Primer and probe sets are listed as follows: CXCR4 (Hs00237052), GAPDH (4310884E), HNF3b (Hs00232764), SOX17 (probe part # 450025, forward and reverse part # 4304971).
[0241] After an initial incubation at 500C for 2 min followed by 95°C for 10 min, samples were cycled 40 times in two stages, a denaturation step at 95°C for 15 sec followed by an annealing/extension step at 600C for 1 min. Data analysis was carried out using GENEAMP 7000 Sequence Detection System software. For each primer/probe set, a Ct value was determined as the cycle number at which the fluorescence intensity reached a specific value in the middle of the exponential region of amplification. Relative gene expression levels were calculated using the comparative Ct method. Briefly, for each cDNA sample, the endogenous control Ct value was subtracted from the gene of interest Ct to give the delta Ct value (ΔCt). The normalized amount of target was calculated as 2- ΔCt, assuming amplification to be 100% efficiency. Final data were expressed relative to a calibrator sample.
Results
[0242] Figure 9 displays the FACS analysis of percent positive cells expressing CXCR4 surface receptor after treatment with various GSK3 inhibitors. Two concentrations of each compound, ranging between lμM and 5μM, are shown relative to an untreated population of cells (negative control) or cells treated with Activin A and Wnt3 (positive control). Figure 10 panels a, b, and c show real-time PCR data for CXCR4, Soxl7, and FINF3beta, which are also considered to be markers of definitive endoderm. Both FACS and real-time PCR analysis demonstrate a significant increase in each of these markers observed in differentiated cells relative to untreated control cells. Expression levels of these definitive endoderm markers were equivalent in some cases to the positive control, demonstrating that a GSK3 inhibitor can substitute for Wnt3a at this stage of differentiation.
Example 9
Effects of GSK-3β Enzyme Inhibitors on the Formation of Pancreatic Endoderm
[0243] It was important to demonstrate that treatment with GSK3β inhibitors during induction of definitive endoderm did not prevent the subsequent differentiation of other cell types, such as pancreatic endoderm, for example. A select subset of hits was tested for their ability to promote expression of PDXl and FINF6, key transcription factors associated with pancreatic endoderm.
[0244] Maintenance of human embryonic stem cells (Hl and H9 lines) was conducted as described in Example 1. Colonies of cells were maintained in an undifferentiated, pluripotent state with passage on average every four days. Passage was performed by exposing cell cultures to a solution of collagenase (1 mg/ml; Sigma- Aldrich) for 10 to 30 minutes at 37°C, followed by gentle scraping with a pipette tip to recover cell clusters. Clusters were allowed to sediment by gravity, followed by washing to remove residual collagenase. Cell clusters were split at a 1 :3 ratio for routine maintenance culture or a 1 : 1 ratio for subsequent assay. The human embryonic stem cell lines used were maintained at less than passage 50 and routinely evaluated for normal karyotypic phenotype and absence of mycoplasma contamination.
[0245] Cell preparation of assay: Cell clusters of the Hl human embryonis stem cell line used in the assay were evenly resuspended in culture medium and plated onto MATRI GEL™- coated (1 :30 dilution) 24-well plates (black well; Arctic White) in volumes of 1 ml/well. MEF conditioned medium supplemented with 8ng/ml bFGF was used for initial plating and expansion. In a second experiment, clusters of hES cells from the H9 line were plated in 96-well plates on mouse embryonic feeder (MEF) layers, previously inactivated by treating with mitomycin C (Sigma Chemical Co). Culture medium for hES cells on MEF monolayers consisted of DMEM:F12 with 20% Knockout Serum Replacer (Invitrogen) supplemented with minimal essential amino acids (Invitrogen), L-glutamine, and 2-mercaptoethanol. Daily feeding was conducted by aspirating spent culture medium from each well and replacing with an equal volume of fresh medium. Cultures were allowed to expand one to three days after plating prior to initiating assay. Plates were maintained at 37°C, 5% CO2 for the duration of assay.
[0246] Preparation of compounds and assay medium: A subset of eight hits resulting from primary screening was used for follow-up study and subsequent secondary assays. Neat compounds were solubilized as 1OmM stocks in DMSO and stored dessicated at -200C until use. Immediately prior to assay, compound stocks were diluted to a final concentration ranging between lμM and 5μM in base medium with additives.
[0247] Assay: In this assay, GSK3 inhibitors were included only on days 1 and 2 of the definitive endoderm differentiation step, substituting for Wnt3a. Embryonic stem cell cultures on MATRIGEL™ were initiated as described in Examples 7 and 8 above by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. For differentiation to definitive endoderm, test volumes (0.5 ml per well for 24-well plates, 100 μl per well for 96-well plates) were added containing DMEM:F12 medium with ) 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS and with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3 and 4, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3 and 4 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS. For differentiation to pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated for three days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems). Cells were then treated for an additional four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine, 2 μM Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7. Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS (stage 2) or 1% B27 (stage 3) and without any other additives.
Parallel cultures of H9 human embryonic cells were grown on MEF feeder layers, and differentiated to pancreatic endoderm. Definitive endoderm differentiation was achieved by culturing the cells in medium consisting of RPMI- 1640 (Invitrogen) containing no serum on day 1 and 0.2% FCS on days 2 and 3 along with different concentrations of inhibitor compounds and 100 ng/ml Activin A. Positive control wells contained the same base medium (with or without serum) with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with or without serum, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On day 3, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with RPMI- 1640 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound and Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on day 3 in RPMI- 1640 base medium with 2% FCS. Cells were differentiated into pancreatic endoderm by treating the cells for four days, feeding daily with RPMI-1640 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 mM KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml FGFlO (R&D Biosystems). Subsequently, cells were treated for three days duration, feeding daily with RPMI-1640 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen), 0.25 mM KAAD cyclopamine, 2 mM Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma-Aldrich) and 50 ng/ml FGFlO. Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in RPMI-1640 base medium with 2% FCS (stage 2) or 1% B27 (stage 3) and without any other additives.
[0249] Assay evaluation: At the end the differentiation, cells were examined as described in Example 8 for gene expression by real-time PCR. For high content fluorescence staining, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibody (goat anti-human Pdxl; Santa Cruz) was diluted 1 :100 in 4% chicken serum and added to cells for two hours at room temperature. Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody (chicken anti-goat IgG; Molecular Probes) was diluted 1 :200 in PBS and added to each well after washing the cells three times with PBS. To counterstain nuclei, 2μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Invitrogen) was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 μl/well PBS for imaging.
[0250] Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total Pdxl intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set. Total Pdxl protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each replicate set.
[0251] Cells for quantitative PCR were lysed in RLT buffer (Qiagen) and then processed for RNA extraction, purification, and cDNA synthesis. RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants. The RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA-free kit (Ambion, Inc.), and high-quality RNA was then eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer. cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
[0252] Unless otherwise stated, all reagents for real-time PCR amplification and quantitation were purchased from ABI. Real-time PCR reactions were performed using the ABI PRISM 7900 Sequence Detection System. TAQMAN UNIVERSAL PCR MASTER MIX was used with 20 ng of reverse transcribed RNA in a total reaction volume of 20 μl. Each cDNA sample was run in duplicate to correct for pipetting errors. Primers and FAM-labeled TAQMAN probes were used at concentrations of 200 nM. The level of expression for each target gene was normalized using a human glyceraldehyde-3- phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) endogenous control previously developed by ABI. Primer and probe sets are listed as follows: PDXl (Hs00236830_ml), GAPDH (4310884E), and HNF6 (Hs00413554_ml). [0253] After an initial incubation at 500C for 2 min followed by 95°C for 10 min, samples were cycled 40 times in two stages, a denaturation step at 95°C for 15 sec followed by an annealing/extension step at 600C for 1 min. Data analysis was carried out using GENEAMPO7000 Sequence Detection System software. For each primer/probe set, a Ct value was determined as the cycle number at which the fluorescence intensity reached a specific value in the middle of the exponential region of amplification. Relative gene expression levels were calculated using the comparative Ct method. Briefly, for each cDNA sample, the endogenous control Ct value was subtracted from the gene of interest Ct to give the delta Ct value (ΔCt). The normalized amount of target was calculated as 2- ΔCt, assuming amplification to be 100% efficiency. Final data were expressed relative to a calibrator sample.
Results
[0254] Results are shown for eight GSK-3β enzyme inhibitors. Data presented in Figure 11 from high content analysis show effects on cell number (panel A) and Pdxl intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line, where respective data points were averaged from a duplicate sample set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells. Data presented in Figure 12 from real-time PCR show effects of these small molecule inhibitors on induced expression of two transcription factors, Pdxl and HNF6. In these examples, Pdxl and HNF6 expression are indicative of pancreatic endoderm differentiation. GSK3β inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment; resulting cells sustain a capacity to form pancreatic endoderm during later sequential stages of differentiation.
Example 10
Effects of GSK-3β Enzyme Inhibitors on the Formation of Pancreatic Endocrine
Cells
[0255] It was important to demonstrate that treatment with GSK3 inhibitors during induction of definitive endoderm did not prevent the subsequent differentiation of other cell types, such as pancreatic endocrine cells, or insulin producing cells, for example. A select subset of hits was tested for their ability to promote expression of pancreatic hormones.
[0256] Cell preparation for assay: Pancreatic endoderm cells obtained according to the methods described in Example 9 (cultured on 96-wellplates and 24-well plates) were subsequently subjected to agents that cause the cells to differentiate into pancreatic hormone expressing cells.
[0257] Assay for cultures of the Hl human embryonic stem cell line on MATRIGEL™ was initiated as described in Examples 7 - 9 above by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. For differentiation to definitive endoderm, test volumes (0.5 ml per well for 24-well plates, 100 μl per well for 96-well plates) were added containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with lOOng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3, 4, and 5, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM:F12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3, 4, and 5 in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS. For differentiation to pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated for three days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems). Cells were subsequently treated for four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine, 2 μM Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7. Parallel negative control wells during stages 2 and 3 were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS or 1% B27 and without any other additives. After formation of pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated further for six days duration, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 1% B27 with 1 μM DAPT (gamma secretase inhibitor: EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml Exendin 4 (Sigma-Aldrich). Cells were then treated for another three days duration, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 1% B27, 50 ng/ml Exendin 4, 50 ng/ml IGF (R&D Biosystems) and 50 ng/ml HGF (R&D Biosystems). Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 1% B27 and without any other additives.
[0258] Assay evaluation: At the end of culture, cells were treated as in Examples 7 and 8 above for evaluation by high content analysis or real-time PCR.
[0259] For high content fluorescence staining, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibody (guinea pig anti-swine insulin, cross- reactive with human insulin; DakoCytomation) was diluted 1 :500 in 4% goat serum and added to cells for one hour at room temperature. Cells were washed three times with PBS and then stained with Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti- guinea pig IgG; Molecular Probes) diluted 1 : 100 in 4% goat serum. To counterstain nuclei, 2μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Invitrogen) was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 μl/well PBS for imaging.
[0260] Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total insulin intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set. Total insulin protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each triplicate set.
[0261] Cells for quantitative PCR were lysed in RLT buffer (Qiagen) and then processed for RNA extraction, purification, and cDNA synthesis. RNA samples were purified by binding to a silica-gel membrane (Rneasy Mini Kit, Qiagen, CA) in the presence of an ethanol-containing, high-salt buffer followed by washing to remove contaminants. The RNA was further purified using a TURBO DNA- free kit (Ambion, INC), and high- quality RNA was eluted in water. Yield and purity were assessed by A260 and A280 readings on a spectrophotometer. cDNA copies were made from purified RNA using an Applied Biosystems, Inc. (ABI, CA) high capacity cDNA archive kit.
[0262] Unless otherwise stated, all reagents for real-time PCR amplification and quantitation were purchased from ABI. Real-time PCR reactions were performed using the ABI PRISM® 7900 Sequence Detection System. TAQMAN® UNIVERSAL PCR MASTER MIX® (ABI, CA) was used with 20 ng of reverse transcribed RNA in a total reaction volume of 20 μl. Each cDNA sample was run in duplicate to correct for pipetting errors. Primers and FAM-labeled TAQMAN®probes were used at concentrations of 200 nM. The level of expression for each target gene was normalized using a human glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) endogenous control previously developed by ABI. Primer and probe sets are listed as follows: PDXl (Hs00236830_ml), Insulin (Hs00355773), and GAPDH (4310884E).
[0263] After an initial incubation at 5O0C for 2 min followed by 950C for 10 min, samples were cycled 40 times in two stages, a denaturation step at 950C for 15 sec followed by an annealing/extension step at 6O0C for 1 min. Data analysis was carried out using GENEAMP®7000 Sequence Detection System software. For each primer/probe set, a Ct value was determined as the cycle number at which the fluorescence intensity reached a specific value in the middle of the exponential region of amplification. Relative gene expression levels were calculated using the comparative Ct method. Briefly, for each cDNA sample, the endogenous control Q value was subtracted from the gene of interest Ct to give the delta Q value (ΔCt). The normalized amount of target was calculated as 2" ΔCt, assuming amplification to be 100% efficiency. Final data were expressed relative to a calibrator sample.
Results 64] Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors. Data presented in Figure 13 from high content analysis show compound effects on cell number (panel A) and insulin intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line where respective data points were averaged from a triplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells. Data presented in Figure 14 from real-time PCR show compound effects for Pdxl and insulin. In these examples, Pdxl and insulin expression are indicative of pancreatic endoderm differentiation and generation of hormonal positive cells. Selective GSK3β inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment and can induce and sustain pancreatic beta cell formation during later sequential stages of differentiation, as evident from both insulin immunostaining and real-time PCR.
Example 11
Additive Effects of GSK-3β Enzyme Inhibitors on the Formation of Pancreatic Endocrine
Cells
It was important to demonstrate that treatment with GSK3β inhibitors could improve pancreatic beta cell differentiation if added during multiple phases of cell fate commitment. A select subset of hits was tested by sequential timed addition to enhance insulin expression associated with pancreatic hormonal positive cells.
Preparation of cells for assay: Cell preparation for assay: Pancreatic endoderm cells obtained according to the methods described in Example 9 and 10 (cultured on 96- wellplates) were subsequently subjected to agents that cause the cells to differentiate into pancreatic hormone expressing cells.
Assay for cultures of the Hl human embryonic stem cell line on MATRIGEL™ was initiated as described in Examples 7 - 9 above by aspirating culture medium from cell monolayers in each well followed by three washes in PBS to remove residual growth factors and serum. For differentiation to definitive endoderm, test volumes (100 μl per well for 96-well plates) were added containing medium with 0.5% FCS and different concentrations of inhibitor compounds with 100 ng/ml Activin A, without Wnt3a. Positive control wells contained the same base medium and 0.5% FCS with 100ng/ml Activin A and 20ng/ml Wnt3a (R&D Biosystems) in the absence of test compound. Negative control wells contained the same base medium with 0.5% FCS, in the absence of Activin A, Wnt3a, or test compound. Assay wells were aspirated and fed again with identical concentrations of test compound or control solutions on day 2 of assay. On days 3, 4, and 5, all assay wells were aspirated and fed with DMEM :F 12 supplemented with 2% FCS and 100ng/ml Activin A in the absence of both test compound or Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained on days 3, 4, and 5 in DMEM :F 12 base medium with 2% FCS. For differentiation to pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated for three days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 base medium containing 2% FCS with 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine (EMD Biosciences) and 20 ng/ml FGF7 (R&D Biosystems). Cells were subsequently treated for four days, feeding daily with DMEM:F12 containing 1% B27 (Invitrogen) , 0.25 μM KAAD cyclopamine, 2 μM Retinoic Acid (RA; Sigma- Aldrich) and 20 ng/ml FGF7. Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 2% FCS or 1% B27 and without any other additives. After formation of pancreatic endoderm, cells were treated further for six days duration, feeding alternating days with DMEM :F 12 base medium containing 1% B27 with 1 μM DAPT (gamma secretase inhibitor: EMD Biosciences) and 50 ng/ml Exendin 4 (Sigma- Aldrich) and 1 μM TGFbeta Rl inhibitor II (ALK5 inhibitor; EMD Biosciences). During this six day period, GSK3β inhibitors were added back to respective wells, using the same concentration as previous treatment at the initiation of differentiation. Cells were then treated for another three days duration, feeding alternating days with DMEM :F 12 base medium containing 1% B27, 50 ng/ml Exendin 4, 50 ng/ml IGF (R&D Biosystems) and 50 ng/ml HGF (R&D Biosystems), and 1 μM TGFbeta Rl inhibitor II (ALK5 inhibitor; EMD Biosciences). During this three day period, GSK3β inhibitors were added back to respective wells, using the same concentration as previous treatment at the initiation of differentiation. Parallel sets of positive control wells were treated in the presence or absence of 20ng/ml Wnt3a. Parallel negative control wells were maintained throughout in DMEM:F12 base medium with 1% B27 and without any other additives.
[0265] Assay evaluation: At the end of culture, cells were treated as in Examples 10 above for evaluation by high content analysis.
[0266] For high content fluorescence staining, cells in 96-well plates were washed twice with PBS then fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde at room temperature for 20 minutes, washed three times more with PBS, and then permeabilized with 0.5% Triton X-100 for 20 minutes at room temperature. After fixing and permeabilizing, cells were washed again three times with PBS and blocked with 4% chicken serum (Invitrogen) in PBS for 30 minutes at room temperature. Primary antibody (guinea pig anti-swine insulin, cross- reactive with human insulin; DakoCytomation) was diluted 1 :500 in 4% goat serum and added to cells for one hour at room temperature. Cells were washed three times with PBS and then stained with Alexa Fluor 488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti- guinea pig IgG; Molecular Probes) diluted 1 : 100 in 4% goat serum. To counterstain nuclei, 2μg/ml Hoechst 33342 (Invitrogen) was added for ten minutes at room temperature. Cells were washed once with PBS and left in 100 μl/well PBS for imaging.
[0267] Cells were imaged using an IN Cell Analyzer 1000 (GE Healthcare) utilizing the 51008bs dichroic for cells stained with Hoechst 33342 and Alexa Fluor 488. Exposure times were optimized using positive control wells and wells stained with secondary antibody alone. Images from 15 fields per well were acquired to compensate for any cell loss during the treatment and staining procedures. Measurements for total cell number and total insulin intensity were obtained for each well using IN Cell Developer Toolbox 1.7 (GE Healthcare) software. Segmentation for the nuclei was determined based on grey-scale levels (baseline range 100-300) and nuclear size. Averages and standard deviations were calculated for each replicate data set. Total insulin protein expression was reported as total intensity or integrated intensity, defined as total fluorescence of the cell times area of the cell. Background was eliminated based on acceptance criteria of grey-scale ranges between 300 to 3000. Total intensity data were normalized by dividing the total intensities for each well by the average total intensity for the Wnt3a/Activin A positive control. Normalized data were calculated for averages and standard deviations for each triplicate set.
Results
[0268] Results are shown for eight GSK-3B enzyme inhibitors. Data presented in Figure 15 from high content analysis show compound effects on cell number (panel A) and insulin intensity (panel B) for the Hl hES cell line, where respective data points were averaged from a triplicate set and mined for each parameter from identical fields and wells. In this example, insulin expression is indicative of differentiation to hormonal positive pancreatic cells. Selective GSK3β inhibitor compounds in these assays can substitute for Wnt3a during early stages of cell lineage commitment and, when added at later stages of differentiation, appear to promote enhanced insulin expression relative to a positive control sample.
[0269] Publications cited throughout this document are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Although the various aspects of the invention have been illustrated above by reference to examples and preferred embodiments, it will be appreciated that the scope of the invention is defined not by the foregoing description but by the following claims properly construed under principles of patent law.
Table IA: List of primary antibodies used for FACS and immunostainininganalysis.
Figure imgf000092_0001
Table Ib: List of secondary conjugated antibodies used for FACS and immunostainininganalysis.
Figure imgf000093_0001
Table II: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the Viability of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Table III: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the Viability of Cells Expressing Pluripotency Markers.
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Table IV: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the differentiation and proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Table V: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the differentiation and proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
Figure imgf000109_0001
Table VI: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Table VII: Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of human embryonic stem cells.
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000116_0002
Table VIII: Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE Hl.
Concentration JNJ10220067 JNJ17163796 JNJ17189731 JNJ17223375 JNJ18157638
IuMl Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell numbei SD
10 1 006 0 051 0 039 0 049 0 193 0 147 1 280 0 014 1 049 0 062
5 1 058 0 047 1 164 0 018 0 889 0 035 1 348 0 007 1 104 0 014
2 5 1 031 0 054 1 022 0 023 0 896 0 035 1 318 0 028 0 932 0 087
1 25 0 899 0 040 1 121 0 023 1 120 0 072 1 159 0 041 1 006 0 023
0 625 0 742 0 095 1 092 0 044 1 107 0 093 1 029 0 018 0 832 0 026
0 313 0 754 0 010 0 931 0 056 1 132 0 018 1 018 0 044 0 742 0 127
0 156 0 822 0 074 0 804 0 002 1 082 0 041 0 776 0 054 0 712 0 020
Concentration JNJ26158QI5 JNJ26483197 JNJ26483249 JNJ17225871 JNJ 17228458
[uMl Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD
10 0 001 0 001 0 096 0 103 0 058 0 074 0 290 0 307 0 000 0 000
5 0 034 0 035 0 262 0 268 0 173 0 207 0 458 0 263 0 089 0 067
2 5 0 566 0 461 0 592 0 019 0 428 0 326 0 640 0 104 0 438 0 050
1 25 0 897 0 103 1 124 0 101 0 850 0 238 0 739 0 129 0 636 0 016
0 625 0 921 0 122 1 106 0 056 0 910 0 061 0 805 0 036 0 736 0 025
0 313 1 028 0 069 0 888 0 213 0 868 0 131 0 785 0 094 0 791 0 038
0 156 1 027 0 067 0 890 0 079 0 742 0 051 0 774 0 027 0 832 0 005
Conceritiatiori JNJ19370026 JNJ2615U202 JNJ26170833 JNJ26177D86 J NJ26177762
|MM| LeII number SD Cell number SD LeII number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD
10 0 000 0 000 0 496 0 690 0 129 0 170 0 412 0 081 0 996 0 246
5 0 024 0 034 0 768 0 490 0 530 0 080 1 128 0 026 0 908 0 179
2 5 1 097 0 294 1 001 0 129 1 174 0 016 1 031 0 217 1 005 0 086
1 25 1 446 0 076 1 158 0 043 1 1 13 0 057 0 914 0 100 1 200 0 085
0 625 1 296 0 183 0 699 0 248 1 188 0 041 0 801 0 136 1 111 0 300
0 313 1 034 0 197 0 617 0 232 1 158 0 102 0 785 0 121 0 959 0 094
0 156 0 826 0 030 0 812 0 120 0 974 0 065 0 659 0 068 0 912 0 059
Concentration JNJ26512005 JNJ2eS33u65 JNJ2G533156 JNJ2S714194 JNJ3026582
|NM| Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell niimbei SD Cell number SD Cell numbei SD
10 0 000 0 000 0 021 0 027 0 002 0 002 0 052 0 067 0 053 0 024
5 0 000 0 000 0 339 0 254 1 011 0 499 1 161 0 134 0 905 0 036
2 5 0 192 0 233 1 350 0 170 1 724 0 042 1 293 0 020 1 019 0 015
1 25 0 552 0 458 1 277 0 101 1 652 0 032 1 213 0 087 1 163 0 062
0 625 0 895 0 054 0 713 0 151 1 357 0 023 1 025 0 045 1 231 0 152
0 313 0 734 0 075 0 665 0 207 1 213 0 177 1 241 0 031 1 216 0 007
0 156 0 594 0 078 0 469 0 465 1 206 0 142 1 041 0 007 1 103 0 065
Table IX: Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the DIFFERENTIATION of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE Hl.
Concentration JNJ10220067 JNJ17163796 JNJ17189731 JNJ17223375 JNJ18157698
[iiMl Sox17 Intensity SD $ox17 Intensity SD Soϋ17 Intensity SD Søκ17 Intensity SD Sαx17 Intensity SD
10 0 889 0 144 0 029 0 034 0 140 0 095 1 183 0 044 0 969 0 040
5 1 004 0 021 0 824 0 035 0 785 0 077 1 171 0 010 1 013 0 002
2 5 1 023 0 092 0 849 0 003 0 842 0 032 1 169 0 031 0 838 0 068
1 25 0 954 0 100 0 985 0 082 1 028 0 043 1 106 0 006 0 940 0 071
0 625 0 793 0 135 0 986 0 059 1 016 0 000 0 931 0 033 0 767 0 014
0 313 0 803 0 048 0 916 0 028 1 058 0 017 0 943 0 056 0 692 0 167
0 156 0 941 0 106 0 B22 0 036 1 039 0 015 0 789 0 074 0 651 0 032
Concentration JNJ26158015 JNJ26483197 JNJ26433249 JNJ17225871 JNJ17228458
IuMl Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD
10 0 001 0 001 0 034 0 027 0 054 0 063 0 267 0 280 0 000 0 001
5 0 017 0 020 0 071 0 054 0 141 0 169 0 402 0 229 0 056 0 035
2 5 0 200 0 157 0 497 0 076 0 373 0 326 0 605 0 041 0 286 0 034
1 25 0 792 0 066 0 993 0 144 0 783 0 282 0 686 0 185 0 587 0 023
0 625 0 824 0 118 1 061 0 066 0 887 0 062 0 786 0 061 0 695 0 001
0 313 0 934 0 127 0 937 0 136 0 859 0 176 0 780 0 132 0 753 0 098
0 156 0 986 0 055 0 888 0 062 0 666 0 015 0 782 0 061 0 816 0 043
Concenti dtioii JNJ19370026 JNJ261502Q2 JNJ26170833 JNJ26177086 JNJ26177762
[uMl Soκ17 Intensity SD Sαx17 Intensity SD Sβx17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD
10 0 000 0 000 0 491 0 681 0 281 0 358 0 330 0 059 0 701 0 307
5 0 035 0 049 0 158 0 224 0 460 0 189 0 846 0 036 0 728 0 146
2 5 1 336 0 192 0 800 0 201 1 018 0 139 0 887 0 191 0 928 0 019
1 25 1 238 0 030 0 910 0 045 0 960 0 106 0 819 0 179 1 159 0 093
0 625 0 997 0 095 0 567 0 190 1 050 0 038 0 755 0 126 1 136 0 186
0 313 0 791 0 172 0 515 0 276 1 032 0 063 0 667 0 125 1 006 0 009
0 156 0 669 0 037 0 708 0 148 0 950 0 087 0 628 0 053 0 922 0 096
Concentration JNJ2651200S JNJ26533065 JNJ26533156 JNJ26714194 JNJ3026582
[uMl Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD So«17 Intensity SD So)(17 Intensity SD Sαx17 Intensity SD
10 0 000 0 000 0 018 0 021 0 002 0 001 0 054 0 062 0 074 0 048
5 0 000 0 000 0 235 0 174 1 052 0 281 1 250 0 177 1 006 0 070
2 5 0 270 0 382 1 153 0 223 1 459 0 074 1 186 0 069 1 120 0 038
1 25 0 678 0 434 1 055 0 046 1 322 0 078 1 112 0 038 1 122 0 009
0 625 0 978 0 021 0 569 0 124 1 173 0 015 0 913 0 005 1 241 0 230
0 313 0 742 0 048 0 555 0 1 18 1 102 0 165 1 140 0 036 1 231 0 012
0 156 0 508 0 049 0 451 0 443 1 060 0 126 0 998 0 006 1 034 0 008
Table X: Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the proliferation of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE H9.
Concentration JNJ10220067 JNJ17163796 JNJ17189731 JNJ17223375 JNJ18157698
IuMl Cell number I SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number I SD
10 0 164 0 209 0 001 0 000 0 049 0 028 0 123 0 106 0 770 0 077
5 0 147 0 141 0 616 0 497 0 583 0 155 0 954 0 146 0 496 0 011
2 5 0 140 0 112 1 295 0 402 1 108 0 170 0 795 0 101 0 384 0 247
1 25 0 307 0 198 1 233 0 058 1 195 0 147 0 541 0 051 0 395 0 002
0 625 0 138 0 071 0 606 0 121 1 100 0 014 0 332 0 049 0 221 0 009
0 313 0 063 0 008 0 397 0 020 0 887 0 078 0 206 0 085 0 172 0 071
0 156 0 069 0 001 0 214 0 025 0 699 0 109 0 142 0 039 0 138 0 048
Concentration JNJ26158015 JNJ26483197 JNJ26433249 JNJ17225871 JNJ17228458
[iiMl Cell number I SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number I SD
10 0 001 0 000 0 785 0 192 0 208 0 134 0 377 0 040 0 000 0 000
5 0 023 0 024 1 067 0 236 0 320 0 087 0 336 0 081 0 052 0 009
2 5 0 681 0 223 1 366 0 025 0 388 0 019 0 296 0 016 0 089 0 003
1 25 1 01 1 0 461 1 477 0 147 0 334 0 113 0 222 0 035 0 106 0 003
0 625 0 927 0 108 0 899 0 108 0 267 0 148 0 282 0 096 0 169 0 041
0 313 0 686 0 022 0 540 0 094 0 192 0 056 0 208 0 003 0 1 19 0 026
0 156 0 458 0 001 0 206 0 089 0 147 0 067 0 174 0 051 0 067 0 015
Concentration JNJ19370026 JNJ261502Q2 JNJ26170833 JNJ26177086 JNJ26177762
[.■Ml Cell number I SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell rrumbei I SD
10 0 000 0 000 0 452 0 094 0 002 0 001 1 117 0 043 1 022 0 422
5 0 002 0 000 0 433 0 050 1 325 0 015 0 793 0 030 1 281 0 109
2 5 0 668 0 059 0 521 0 229 1 355 0 026 0 600 0 122 1 197 0 068
1 25 0 988 0 032 0 293 0 038 1 182 0 076 0 442 0 018 1 039 0 213
0 625 0 390 0 032 0 200 0 122 0 928 0 127 0 371 0 072 0 686 0 014
0 313 0 250 0 090 0 072 0 025 0 772 0 050 0 100 0 008 0 437 0 066
0 156 0 095 0 020 0 057 0 044 0 336 0 056 0 072 0 015 0 276 0 043
Concentration JNJ2651200S JNJ26533065 JNJ26533156 JNJ26714194 JNJ3D26582
IuMl Cell number I SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number SD Cell number I SD
10 0 007 0 002 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 044 0 038 0 004 0 001
5 0 002 0 001 0 127 0 069 0 415 0 023 0 382 0 1 10 0 017 0 003
2 5 0 001 0 001 0 151 0 059 0 425 0 082 0 345 0 001 0 033 0 037
1 25 0 090 0 097 0 108 0 051 0 325 0 042 0 284 0 076 0 044 0 028
0 625 0 248 0 058 0 230 0 168 0 314 0 062 0 266 0 021 0 100 0 099
0 313 0 264 0 048 0 086 0 033 0 267 0 098 0 347 0 084 0 057 0 032
0 156 0 133 0 069 0 063 0 004 0 218 0 012 0 192 0 014 0 070 0 048
Table XI: Dose-DEPENDANT Effects of Inhibitors of GSK-3B Enzyme Activity on the DIFFERENTIATION of CELLS OF THE human embryonic stem cell LINE H9.
Concentration JNJ10220067 JNJ17163796 JNJ17189731 JNJ17223375 JNJ18157698
[μM] So*17 Intensity SD Sox l7 Intensity SD Sexl7 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD S ox17 Intensity SD
0 157 0 051 0 003 0 132 0 003 0 678 0 093 0 116 0 047 0 095 0 025
0 313 0 052 0 008 0 311 0 005 0 951 0 010 0 155 0 071 0 1 10 0 030
0 625 0 103 0 058 0 453 0 076 1 160 0 013 0 277 0 061 0 154 0 013
1 25 0 312 0 255 1 012 0 051 1 042 0 134 0 459 0 066 0 317 0 062
2 5 0 100 0 062 0 986 0 269 0 869 0 158 0 726 0 079 0 297 0 235
5 0 105 0 089 0 480 0 423 0 432 0 11 1 1 114 0 066 0 353 0 080
10 0 121 0 141 0 002 0 002 0 022 0 005 0 140 0 1 10 0 694 0 123
Concentration JNJ26158015 JNJ26483197 JNJ26433249 JNJ17225871 JNJ17228458
[μM] Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Soκ17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD
0 157 0 364 0 044 0 149 0 058 0 125 0 051 0 132 0 063 0 039 0 010
0 313 0 577 0 062 0 398 0 166 0 129 0 018 0 146 0 005 0 070 0 027
0 625 0 985 0 072 0 678 0 197 0 212 0 134 0 196 0 084 0 137 0 049
1 25 0 943 0 419 1 1 10 0 042 0 202 0 103 0 129 0 029 0 075 0 017
2 5 0 559 0 238 0 857 0 012 0 209 0 045 0 177 0 030 0 053 0 005
5 0 019 0 019 0 194 0 007 0 154 0 023 0 174 0 070 0 038 0 001
10 0 001 0 001 0 129 0 037 0 129 0 067 0 200 0 022 0 000 0 000
Concenti dtioii JNJ19370026 JNJ261502Q2 JNJ26170833 JNJ26177086 JNJ26177762
[μΛI] Sβx17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD S»x17 Intensity SD Sos<17 Intensity SD
0 157 0 074 0 024 0 040 0 030 0 291 0 086 0 054 0 014 0 186 0 040
0 313 0 170 0 046 0 051 0 016 0 746 0 088 0 080 0 006 0 342 0 068
0 625 0 246 0 036 0 150 0 095 0 941 0 11 1 0 268 0 050 0 563 0 019
1 25 0 981 0 075 0 155 0 010 1 119 0 045 0 332 0 006 0 936 0 186
2 5 0 914 0 038 0 408 0 279 1 305 0 066 0 432 0 154 1 146 0 137
5 0 001 0 001 0 251 0 092 1 185 0 012 0 543 0 004 1 127 0 121
10 0 000 0 000 0 262 0 068 0 000 0 000 0 822 0 024 0 759 0 328
Concentration JNJ2651200S JNJ26533065 JNJ26533156 JNJ26714194 JNJ3026582
[μM] Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD Sβx17 Intensity SD Sox17 Intensity SD S ox17 Intensity SD
0 157 0 085 0 041 0 049 0 011 0 173 0 009 0 146 0 041 0 059 0 051
0 313 0 240 0 030 0 068 0 010 0 203 0 061 0 282 0 135 0 054 0 040
0 625 0 165 0 043 0 222 0 201 0 220 0 070 0 202 0 013 0 073 0 066
1 25 0 114 0 134 0 076 0 034 0 202 0 002 0 165 0 030 0 053 0 035
2 5 0 001 0 001 0 120 0 066 0 299 0 019 0 205 0 002 0 042 0 049
5 0 001 0 001 0 087 0 036 0 300 0 095 0 234 0 078 0 016 0 001
10 0 009 0 003 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 042 0 028 0 004 0 003

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method to expand and differentiate pluripotent cells, comprising the steps of:
a. Culturing pluripotent cells, and
b. Treating the pluripotent cells with an inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are embryonic stem cells.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are cells expressing pluripotency markers derived from embryonic stem cells.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the cells expressing pluripotency markers express at least one of the following pluripotency markers selected from the group consisting of: ABCG2, cripto, FoxD3, Connexin43, Connexin45, Oct4, SOX-2, Nanog, hTERT, UTF-I, ZFP42, SSEA-3, SSEA-4, Tral-60, and Tral-81.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are differentiated into cells expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm lineage.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about one to about 72 hours.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 12 to about 48 hours.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the pluripotent cells are treated with the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity for about 48 hours.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about 10OnM to about lOOμM.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about lμM to about lOμM.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is used at a concentration of about lOμM.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (I):
Figure imgf000122_0001
Formula (I)
13. The method of claim 12, wherein Ri is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl.
14. The method of claim 12, wherein R2 is phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the phenyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl and nitrile, or pyrimidinyl which is optionally Chalky 1 substituted, and at least one of Ri and R2 is pyrimidinyl.
15. The method of claim 12, wherein R3 is hydrogen, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, Ci_5alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylCi_5alkyloxycarbonyl, arylCi-salkyl, substituted arylCi-salkyl wherein the one or more aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkyl, Ci-salkoxy, halogen, amino, Ci_5alkylamino, and diCi_5alkylamino, phthalimidoCi-salkyl, aminoCi_5alkyl, diaminoCi_5alkyl, succinimidoCi_5alkyl, Ci_5alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci-salkylcarbonylCi-salkyl and aryloxycarbonylCi_5alkyl.
16. The method of claim 12, wherein R4 is -(A)-(CH2)q-X..
17. The method of claim 16, wherein A is vinylene, ethynylene or
,/OR5
18. The method of claim 17, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-salkyl, phenyl and phenylCi-salkyl.
19. The method of claim 16, wherein q is 0-9.
20. The method of claim 16, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, vinyl, substituted vinyl wherein one or more vinyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine, chlorine and iodine, ethynyl, substituted ethynyl wherein the ethynyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of fluorine, bromine chlorine and iodine, Ci_5alkyl, substituted Ci_5alkyl wherein the one or more alkyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of C i-salkoxy, trihaloalkyl, phthalimido and amino, C3_7cycloalkyl, Ci_5alkoxy, substituted Ci_5alkoxy wherein the alkyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of phthalimido and amino, phthalimidooxy, phenoxy, substituted phenoxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen and Ci-salkoxy, phenyl, substituted phenyl wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, arylCi-salkyl, substituted arylCi-salkyl wherein the one or more aryl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, aryloxyCi_5alkylamino, Ci_5alkylamino, diCi_5alkylamino, nitrile, oxime, benxyloxyimino, Ci_5alkyloxyimino, phthalimido, succinimido, Ci-salkylcarbonyloxy, phenylcarbonyloxy, substituted phenylcarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, phenylCi-salkylcarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, halogen and Ci_5alkoxy, aminocarbonyloxy, Ci_5alkylaminocarbonyloxy, diCi-5alkylaminocarbonyloxy, Ci-salkoxycarbonyloxy, substituted Ci_5alkoxycarbonyloxy wherein the one or more alkyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and hexyl, phenoxycarbonyloxy, substituted phenoxycarbonyloxy wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of Ci_5alkyl, Ci_salkoxy and halogen, Ci_5alkylthio, substituted Ci_5alkylthio wherein the alkyl substituents are selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and phthalimido, Ci_5alkylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, substituted phenylsulfonyl wherein the one or more phenyl substituents are each selected from the group consisting of bromine, fluorine, chloride, Ci_5alkoxy and
trifluoromethyl; with the proviso that if A is / ' ^ *x , q is 0 and X is H, then R3 may not be 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
21. The method of claim 12, wherein Ri is substituted phenyl and R2 is pyrimidin-3-yl.
22. The method of claim 12, wherein R1 is 4-fluorophenyl.
23. The method of claim 12, wherein R3 is hydrogen, arylCi-salkyl, or substituted arylCi-salkyl.
24. The method of claim 12, wherein R3 is hydrogen or phenylCi-salkyl.
25. The method of claim 16, wherein A is ethynylene and q is 0-5.
26. The method of claim 16, wherein X is succinimido, hydroxy, methyl, phenyl, Ci-salkylsulfonyl, C3_6cycloalkyl, Ci-salkylcarbonyloxy, Ci_5alkoxy, phenylcarbonyloxy, Ci_5alkylamino, diCi_5alkylamino or nitrile.
27. The method of claim 12, wherein the compound of the Formula I is A- (4-fluorophenyl)-2-(4-hydroxybutyn- 1 -yl)- 1 -(3 -phenylpropyl)-5 -(4- pyridyl)imidazole.
28. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula (II):
Figure imgf000125_0001
Formula (II)
29. The method of claim 28, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of Ra, -Ci_8alkyl-Ra, -C2-8alkenyl-Ra, -C2-8alkynyl-Ra and cyano.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein Ra is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl.
31. The method of claim 28, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R5, -C2_8alkenyl-R5, -C2_8alkynyl-R5, -C(O)-(C1_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-O-(C1_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heterocyclyl and heteroaryl are attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(C1-8)alkyl, -O-(C1-8)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-O-(C1_8)alkyl, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-NH2, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-NH(C1_8alkyl), -O-(C1.8)alkyl-N(C1.8alkyl)2, -O-(C1.8)alkyl-S-(C1.8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-NH2, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -0-C(O)H, -O-C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -0-C(O)-NH2,
-O-C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -O-C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)H, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-C(O)-(C1_8)alkyl, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-CO2H, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-C(O)-O-(C1_8)alkyl, -O-(C!_8)alkyl-C(O)-NH2, -O-(C1_8)alkyl-C(O)-NH(C1_8alkyl), -O-(C1_8)alkyl-C(O)-N(C1_8alkyl)2, -C(O)H, -C(0)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(0)-0-(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(0)-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -SH, -S-(C1_8)alkyl, -S-(C1_8)alkyl-S-(C1_8)alkyl, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -S-(C1_8)alkyl-O-(C1_8)alkyl-NH2, -S-(C1_8)alkyl-O-(C1_8)alkyl-NH(C1_8alkyl), -S-(C1_8)alkyl-O-(C1_8)alkyl-N(C1_8alkyl)2, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -N-R7, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
33. The method of claim 31, wherein R6 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -C2_8alkenyl, -C2_8alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(Ci_8)alkyl)2, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl)2, -(Ci_8)alkyl-N-R7, -(Ci_8)alkyl-(halo)i_3, -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8; with the proviso that, when R6 is attached to a carbon atom, R6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy, -(Ci_8)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, -SH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl, -N-R7, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and
-heteroaryl-R .
34. The method of claim 33, wherein R7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -C2_8alkenyl, -C2_8alkynyl, -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH, -(Ci_8)alkyl-O-(Ci_8)alkyl, -(C1-8)alkyl-NH2, -(C1-8)alkyl-NH(C1-8alkyl), -(C1_8)alkyl-N(C1_8alkyl)2, -(C1_8)alkyl-S-(C1_8)alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C1_8)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(C1_8)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C1_8alkyl), -C(O)-N(C1_8alkyl)2, -SO2-(C1_8)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(C!_8alkyl), -SO2-N(C1-SaIkVl)2, -C(N)-NH2, -cycloalkyl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_8)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8.
35. The method of claim 31, wherein R8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl, -(Ci_8)alkyl-(halo)i_3 and -(Ci_8)alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R8 is attached to a carbon atom, R8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, halo, -(Ci-8)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro.
36. The method of claim 31, wherein R9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro.
37. The method of claim 28, wherein R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R5, -C2_8alkenyl-R5, -C2_8alkynyl-R5, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(C1_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C1_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(d_8)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_8alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
38. The method of claim 28, wherein R3 is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R10, -C2_8alkenyl-R10, -C2_8alkynyl-R10, -Ci_8alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo.
40. The method of claim 28, wherein R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_8alkyl-R10, -C2_8alkenyl-R10, -C2_8alkynyl-R10, -Ci_8alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SH, -S-(Ci_8)alkyl-R10, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_8alkyl-R9), -SO2-N(Ci_8alkyl-R9)2, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and
-heteroaryl-R .
41. The method of claim 40, wherein R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH2, -NH(Ci_8alkyl), -N(Ci_8alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo.
42. The method of claim 28, wherein Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
43. The method of claim 28, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of Ra, -Ci_4alkyl-Ra, -C2-4alkenyl-Ra, -C2-4alkynyl-Ra and cyano.
44. The method of claim 29, wherein Ra is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl.
45. The method of claim 29, Ra is selected from the group consisting of dihydro-pyranyl, phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, azaindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, dibenzofuryl and dibenzothienyl.
46. The method of claim 28, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci-4alkyl-R5, -C2-4alkenyl-R5, -C2-4alkynyl-R5, -C(O)-(C1_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-O-(C1_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heterocyclyl and heteroaryl are attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
47. The method of claim 28, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci-4alkyl-R5, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6; wherein heteroaryl is attached to the azaindole nitrogen atom in the one position via a heteroaryl ring carbon atom.
48. The method of claim 28, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci-4alkyl-R5 and -naphthyl-R6.
49. The method of claim 31, wherein R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(C1_4)alkyl, -O-(C1-4)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1_4)alkyl-O-(C1_4)alkyl, -O-(C1_4)alkyl-NH2, -O-(C1_4)alkyl-NH(C1_4alkyl), -O-(C1_4)alkyl-N(C1_4alkyl)2, -O-(C1_4)alkyl-S-(C1_4)alkyl, -O-(C1^)alkyl-SO2-(C1^)alkyl, -0-(C1^aIkYl-SO2-NH2, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -0-C(O)H, -O-C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -0-C(O)-NH2,
-0-C(0)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -O-C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -0-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(0)H, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-CO2H, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl-C(O)-NH2, -O-(C1_4)alkyl-C(O)-NH(C1_4alkyl), -O-(C1_4)alkyl-C(O)-N(C1_4alkyl)2, -C(O)H, -C(0)-(C!_4)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(0)-0-(C!_4)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(0)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -SH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-OH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH2, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -S-(C1_4)alkyl-O-(C1_4)alkyl-N(C1_4alkyl)2, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -N-R7, cyano, (halo)i_3, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -cycloalkyl-R6, -heterocyclyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
50. The method of claim 31, wherein R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R6.
51. The method of claim 31 , wherein R5 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, hydroxy, -imidazolyl-R6, -triazolyl-R6 and -tetrazolyl-R6.
52. The method of claim 31, wherein R6 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C2_4alkenyl, -C2_4alkynyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(d_4)alkyl, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(C1^aIkYl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(NH)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(C1_4)alkyl)2, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -(C!_4)alkyl-N-R7, -(C1_4)alkyl-(halo)1_3, -(C1-4)alkyl-OH, -aryl-R8, -(Ci_4)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8; with the proviso that, when R6 is attached to a carbon atom, R6 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy, -(Ci_4)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, -SH, -S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -N-R7, cyano, halo, hydroxy, nitro, oxo and -heteroaryl-R8.
53. The method of claim 31, wherein R6 is hydrogen.
54. The method of claim 33, wherein R7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C2_4alkenyl, -C2_4alkynyl, -(C1-4)alkyl-OH, -(Ci_4)alkyl-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -(Ci_4)alkyl-NH2, -(Ci_4)alkyl-NH(Ci_4alkyl), -(Ci_4)alkyl-N(Ci_4alkyl)2, -(Ci_4)alkyl-S-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(C1-4)alkyl, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(C1_4alkyl), -C(O)-N(C1_4alkyl)2, -SO2-(C1_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(C!_4alkyl), -SOz-Ntd^alkyl)^ -C(N)-NH2, -cycloalkyl-R8,
Figure imgf000131_0001
-aryl-R8, -(Ci_4)alkyl-aryl-R8 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-heteroaryl-R8.
55. The method of claim 33, wherein R7 is 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl) and -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl)2.
56. The method of claim 31, wherein R8 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl, -(Ci_4)alkyl-(halo)i_3 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-OH; with the proviso that, when R8 is attached to a carbon atom, R8 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halo, -(Ci_4)alkoxy-(halo)i_3, hydroxy and nitro.
57. The method of claim 31, wherein R8 is hydrogen.
58. The method of claim 31, wherein R9 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(C1-4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, (halo)1-3, hydroxy and nitro.
59. The method of claim 31, wherein R9 is hydrogen.
60. The method of claim 28, wherein R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -C2-4alkenyl-R5, -C2_4alkynyl-R5, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-NH(aryl-R8), -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
61. The method of claim 28, wherein R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5, -C2_4alkenyl-R5, -C2_4alkynyl-R5, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -cycloalkyl-R6, -aryl-R6 and -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that, when R is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -Ci_4alkoxy-R5, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, oxo, -heterocyclyl-R6 and -heteroaryl-R6.
62. The method of claim 28, wherein R2 is one substituent attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R5 and -aryl-R6; with the proviso that, when R2 is attached to a nitrogen atom, a quaternium salt is not formed; and, with the proviso that when R2 is attached to a carbon atom, R2 is further selected from the group consisting of -N-R7, halogen, hydroxy and -heteroaryl-R6.
63. The method of claim 28, wherein R3 is 1 to 3 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2-4alkenyl-R10, -C2-4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SO2-(Ci_8)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -N-R7, -(Ci_4)alkyl-N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8.
64. The method of claim 28, wherein R3 is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -C1-4alkyl-R10, -C2_4alkenyl-R10, -C2_4alkynyl-R10, -d_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -CO2H, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halogen, hydroxy and nitro.
65. The method of claim 28, wherein R is one substituent attached to a carbon atom selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, halogen and hydroxy.
66. The method of claim 28, wherein R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2_4alkenyl-R10, -C2_4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -C(O)-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-NH2,
-C(O)-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -C(O)-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -C(O)-cycloalkyl-R8, -C(O)-heterocyclyl-R8, -C(O)-aryl-R8, -C(O)-heteroaryl-R8, -C(NH)-NH2, -CO2H, -C(O)-O-(Ci_4)alkyl-R9, -C(O)-O-aryl-R8, -SH, -S-(C1_4)alkyl-R10, -SO2-(C1_4)alkyl-R9, -SO2-aryl-R8, -SO2-NH2, -SO2-NH(Ci_4alkyl-R9), -SO2-N(Ci_4alkyl-R9)2, -N-R7, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl-R8, -heterocyclyl-R8, -aryl-R8 and -heteroaryl-R8.
67. The method of claim 28, wherein R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -Ci_4alkyl-R10, -C2-4alkenyl-R10, -C2-4alkynyl-R10, -Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -C(O)H, -CO2H, -NH2, -NH(C1-4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, cyano, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, -cycloalkyl, -heterocyclyl, -aryl and -heteroaryl.
68. The method of claim 28, wherein R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl-R10, Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -NH2, -NH(C1-4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, halogen and hydroxy.
69. The method of claim 28, wherein R4 is 1 to 4 substituents attached to a carbon atom independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_4alkyl-R10, Ci_4alkoxy-R10, -NH2, -NH(C1-4alkyl), -N(Ci_4alkyl)2, chlorine, fluorine and hydroxy.
70. The method of claims 38 and 41, wherein R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, -NH2, -NH(Ci_4alkyl), -N(C1-4alkyl)2, cyano, (1IaIo)1-3, hydroxy, nitro and oxo.
71. The method of claims 38 and 41, wherein R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000134_0001
72. The method of claims 38 and 41, wherein R10 is 1 to 2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (fluoro)3.
73. The method of claim 28, wherein Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H, OH) and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O and the other is selected from the group consisting of O, S, (H,0H) and (H,H).
74. The method of claim 28, wherein Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H); with the proviso that one of Y and Z is O, and the other is selected from the group consisting of O and (H,H).
75. The method of claim 28, wherein Y and Z are independently selected from O.
76. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 3- [l-(3-hydroxypropyl)-lH-pyrrolo[2,3-6]pyridin-3-yl]-4-[2- (trifluoromethy l)pheny 1] - 1 H-pyrrole-2 , 5 -dione.
77. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 3-
[ 1 -(3-hydroxypropyl)- lH-pyrrolo[2,3 -&]pyridin-3-yl]-4-( 1 -methyl- IH- pyrazol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
78. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 3- [l-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-lΗ-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-3-yl]-4-pyrazin-2-yl- pyrrole-2,5-dione.
79. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 3- (2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5 -yl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy -propyl)- 1 H- pyrrolo [2,3 -b]pyridin-3 -yl] -pyrrole-2,5 -dione.
80. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 4- {3-[4-(2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-lH- pyrrol-3-yl]-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-l-yl}-butyronitrile.
81. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 4- {3-[4-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrol-3- yl] -pyrrolo [2,3 -b]pyridin- 1 -yl } -butyronitrile.
82. The method of claim 28, where the compound of the Formula II is 3- (2,4-dimethoxy-pyrimidin-5-yl)-4-(l-phenethyl-lH-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridine-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
83. The method of claim 1, wherein the inhibitor of GSK-3B enzyme activity is a compound of the Formula(III):
Figure imgf000136_0001
Formula (III)
84. The method of claim 83, wherein A and E are independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen substituted carbon atom and a
nitrogen atom; wherein
Figure imgf000136_0002
is independently selected from the group consisting of lH-indole, lH-pyrrolo[2,3 -/^pyridine, lH-pyrazolo[3,4-£]pyridine and lH-indazole.
85. The method of claim 83, wherein Z is selected from O; alternatively, Z is selected from dihydro; wherein each hydrogen atom is attached by a single bond.
86. The method of claim 83, wherein R4 and R5 are independently selected from Ci_8alkyl, C2-salkenyl and C2-salkynyl optionally substituted with 0x0.
87. The method of claim 83, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of -Ci-salkyl-, -C2-salkenyl-, -C2-salkynyl-, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-, -O-(C2_8)alkenyl-O-, -O-(C2_8)alkynyl-O-, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)- (wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are straight carbon chains optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-salkyl, Ci-salkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(C1-8)alkyl, -C(O)O-(C1-8)alkyl, -Ci-8alkyl-C(O)O-(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo; and, wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl, spirocycloalkyl and spiroheterocyclyl (wherein any of the foregoing cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci-salkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein any of the foregoing heterocyclyl substituents are optionally substituted with oxo)), cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl (wherein cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo), -(0-(CH2)i-6)o-5-0-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-S-NR6-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-NR6-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-5-S-, -0-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-, -NR6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-(CH2)L6-NR8-, -NR6-C(O)-, -C(O)-NR6-, -C(0)-(CH2y6-NR6-(CH2)o_6-C(0)-, -NR6-(CH2)0-6-C(0)-(CH2)L6-C(0)-(CH2)O-6-NR7-, -NR6-C(O)-NR7-, -NR6-C(NR7)-NR8-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-NR7- and -SO2- (wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000138_0001
hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci-8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000138_0002
halogen, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo)); with the proviso that, if A and E are selected from a hydrogen substituted carbon atom, then R2 is selected from the group consisting of -C2_8alkynyl-, -O-(Ci_8)alkyl-O-, -O-(C2_8)alkenyl-O-, -O-(C2_8)alkynyl-O-, -C(O)-(Ci_8)alkyl-C(O)- (wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are straight carbon chains optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(C1-8)alkyl, -C(O)O-(C1-8)alkyl, -Ci-8alkyl-C(O)O-(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo; and, wherein any of the foregoing alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl linking groups are optionally substituted with one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl, heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl, spirocycloalkyl and spiroheterocyclyl (wherein any of the foregoing cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000139_0001
halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein any of the foregoing heterocyclyl substituents are optionally substituted with oxo)), cycloalkyl (wherein cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci_8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl), -(0-(CH2)L6)L5-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-O-, -(0-(CH2)L6)L5-NR6-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-NR6-, -(0-(CH2)L6)O-5-S-, -0-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-0-, -0-(CH2)L6-O-(CH2)L6-S-, -NR6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-, -NR6-(CH2)L6-NR7-(CH2)L6-NR8-, -NR9-C(O)-, -C(O)-NR9-, -C(O)-(CH2V6-NR6-(CH2V6-C(O)-,
-NR6-(CH2V6-C(O)-(CH2)L6-C(O)-(CH2V6-NR7-, -NR6-C(O)-NR7-, -NR6-C(NR7)-NR8-, -0-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-O-, -S-(CH2)L6-NR6-(CH2)L6-S- and -NR6-(CH2)L6-S-(CH2)L6-NR7- (wherein R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_8alkyl, Ci-8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000140_0001
hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci-8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)L3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo); and, wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci-8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl, heterocyclyl(Ci_8)alkyl, aryl(Ci_8)alkyl and heteroaryl(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein the foregoing heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl substituents are optionally substituted with one to four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkyl, Ci_8alkoxy, Ci-8alkoxy(Ci_8)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl; and, wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with oxo)).
88. The method of claim 83, wherein Ri and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-salkyl, C2-salkenyl, C2-8alkynyl (wherein alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_8alkoxy, alkoxy(Ci_s)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), (hal 0)1-3, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy, hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl and oxo), Ci-salkoxy, Ci-salkoxycarbonyl, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkoxy, Ci-salkylthio, aryl, heteroaryl (wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of Ci_salkyl, Ci_salkoxy, alkoxy(Ci_s)alkyl, carboxyl, carboxyl(Ci_8)alkyl, amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), amino(Ci_8)alkyl (wherein amino is substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), halogen, (halo)i_3(Ci_8)alkyl, (halo)i-3(Ci_8)alkoxy, hydroxy and hydroxy(Ci_8)alkyl), amino (substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci_4alkyl), cyano, halogen, hydroxy and nitro; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
89. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 6,7,9,10,12,13,15,16-octahydro-23H-5,26: 17,22-dimetheno-5H- dipyrido[2,3-k:3',2'-q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]trioxadiazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
90. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 10, 11 , 13 , 14, 16, 17, 19,20,22,23 -decahydro-9,4:24,29-dimetheno- 1 H- dipyrido[2,3-n:3',2'-t]pyrrolo[3,4- q][ 1,4,7, 10, 13,22]tetraoxadiazacyclotetracosine-l,3(2H)-dione.
91. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 10,11, 13, 14,16,17,19,20,22,23,25,26-dodecahydro-9,4:27,32- dimetheno- 1 H-dipyrido [2 , 3 -q: 3 ',2 '- w]pyrrolo [3,4- t] [ 1 ,4,7, 10, 13 , 16,25 ]pentaoxadiazacycloheptacosine- 1 ,3 (2H)-dione.
92. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 6,7,9,10,12,13-hexahydro-20H-5,23: 14,19-dimetheno-5H- dibenzo[h,n]pyrrolo[3 ,4-k] [ 1 ,4,7, 16]dioxadiazacyclooctadecine- 20,22(2 lH)-dione.
93. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 6,7,9,10,12,13,15,16-octahydro-23H-5,26: 17,22-dimetheno-5H- dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4-n][ 1,4,7, 10,19]trioxadiazacycloheneicosine- 23,25(24H)-dione.
94. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 10, 11 , 13 , 14, 16, 17, 19,20,22,23 -decahydro-9,4:24,29-dimetheno- 1 H- dibenzo [n,t]pyrrolo [3 ,4- q][ 1,4,7, 10, 13,22]tetraoxadiazacyclotetracosine-l,3(2H)-dione.
95. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is Compound Ia.
96. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula(III) is 3-[l-[3-[(2 -hydroxy ethyl)methylamino]propyl]-lH-indazol-3-yl]-4-[l- (3 -pyridinyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl]- 1 H-pyrrole-2,5 -dione.
97. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 ,5 -dichloro-N-[3 -chloro-4- [(3 ,4, 12,12a-tetrahydro- 1 H- [ 1 ,4]thiazino [3 ,4-c] [ 1 ,4]benzodiazepin- 11 (6H)-yl)carbonyl]phenyl] - benzamide.
98. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3-[l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-4-(l-pyridin-3-yl-lH-indol-3- yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
99. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4-(l-pyridin-3-yl-lH-indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5- dione.
100. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 6-[[2-[[4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-methyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-2- pyrimidinyl] amino] ethyl] amino] -3 -pyridinecarbonitrile.
101. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 -(5 -chloro- 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-3 -yl)-4-[ 1 -(3 -imidazol- 1 -yl- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
102. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 -(5-chloro- 1 -methyl- 1 H-indol-3-yl)-4-[ 1 -(3 -[ 1 ,2,3 ]triazol- 1 -yl- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
103. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy -propyl)- 1 H-pyrrolo[2,3 -b]pyridin-3 -yl] -4-( 1 - methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)-pyrrole-2,5 -dione.
104. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is Compound 10a.
105. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy-3 -methyl-butyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -4-( 1 -pyridin-3 - yl-lH-indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
106. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(2-hydroxy-ethyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -4-( 1 -pyrimidin-5-yl- 1 H- indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
107. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(2-hydroxy-ethyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl] -4-( 1 -pyrimidin-5-yl- 1 H- indol-3-yl)-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
108. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is (HZ)-8,9,10,13,14,15-hexahydro-2,6: 17,21- di(metheno)pyrrolo[3 ,4-h] [ 1 , 15,7]dioxazacyclotricosine- 22,24(lH,23H)-dione.
109. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 -(5 -chloro- 1 -pyridin-3 -yl- 1 H-indol-3 -yl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy- propyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
110. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 -(2-methoxy-phenyl)-4- [ 1 -(3 -methoxy-propyl)- 1 H-pyrrolo[3 ,2- c]pyridin-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
111. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(3 -hydroxy -propyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -4-[ 1 -(tetrahydro-pyran- 4-yl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
112. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 2-{3-[4-(5-chloro-l-methyl-lH-indol-3-yl)-2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro- lH-pyrrol-3-yl]-indazol- 1 -yl} -N-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-acetamide.
113. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 4-(3-chloro-phenyl)-6-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-5,6-dihydro-4H- 2,4,6-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorine-l,3-dione.
114. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-ethyl-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-5,26: 17,22- dimethenodibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacycloheneicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
115. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-benzyl-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H-5,26: 17,22- di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
116. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3-(l-{2-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethoxy]-ethyl}-lH-indol-3-yl)-4- [l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
117. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 6,7,8,9,10,11, 12,13-octahydro-8,l l-dimethyl-5,23: 14,19- dimetheno-20H-dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n] [ 1 ,4,7, 10]tetraazacyclooctadecine-20,22(21 H)-dione.
118. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 7,8,9,10,12,13, 16,17,18,19-decahydro-8,17-dimethyl-15H,26H-
5 ,29 :20,25 -dimetheno-6H-dibenzo [k,q]pyrrolo [3 ,A- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19,22]dioxatetraazacyclotetracosine-26,28(27H)-dione.
119. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-(2-furylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H- 5,26: 17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
120. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-(2-thienylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H- 5,26: 17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
121. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-(l-naphthylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H- 5,26: 17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
122. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 14-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)-6,7,9,10,13,14,15,16-octahydro-12H,23H- 5,26: 17,22-di(metheno)dibenzo[k,q]pyrrolo[3,4- n][ 1,4,7, 10, 19]dioxatriazacyclohenicosine-23,25(24H)-dione.
123. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3-[l-(2-{2-[2-(l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-l-ylamino)-ethoxy]- ethoxy} -ethyl)- lH-indol-3-yl]-4- { 1 -[2-(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- naphthalen- 1 -ylamino)-ethyl] - 1 H-indol-3 -yl} -pyrrole-2,5 -dione.
124. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [ 1 -(3 -dimethylamino-phenyl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl] -4- [ 1 -(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
125. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 3 - [5 -chloro- 1 -(6-dimethylamino-pyridin-3 -yl)- 1 H-indol-3 -yl]-4- [l-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-lH-indazol-3-yl]-pyrrole-2,5-dione.
126. The method of claim 83, wherein the compound of the Formula (III) is 5 -(5 -chloro-3 - {4- [ 1 -(2-hydroxy-ethyl)- 1 H-indazol-3 -yl] -2,5 - dioxo-2,5 -dihydro- 1 H-pyrrol-3 -yl} -indol- 1 -yl)-nicotinic acid methyl ester.
PCT/US2009/041356 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells WO2009132068A2 (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020107025913A KR101658876B1 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
KR1020167013786A KR20160070157A (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
CA2722623A CA2722623C (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
BRPI0910738 BRPI0910738A2 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 pluripotent cell treatments
JP2011506409A JP2011518563A (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
CN200980124647.2A CN102105580B (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 The treatment of multipotential cell
AU2009239447A AU2009239447B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
EP09735702.4A EP2283114B1 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
MX2010011738A MX2010011738A (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells.
ES09735702.4T ES2624713T3 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
KR1020187023094A KR20180091974A (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
KR1020177026943A KR20170110742A (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells
RU2010147818/10A RU2528764C2 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Method for propagation of differentiation of pluripotent cells
ZA2010/08392A ZA201008392B (en) 2008-04-24 2010-11-23 Treatment of pluripotent cells
PH12014502258A PH12014502258A1 (en) 2008-04-24 2014-10-07 Treatment of pluripotent cells
PH12014502257A PH12014502257A1 (en) 2008-04-24 2014-10-07 Treatment of pluripotent cells

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/108,852 2008-04-24
US12/108,852 US8623648B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2008-04-24 Treatment of pluripotent cells

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009132068A2 true WO2009132068A2 (en) 2009-10-29
WO2009132068A3 WO2009132068A3 (en) 2009-12-17

Family

ID=40793135

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/041356 WO2009132068A2 (en) 2008-04-24 2009-04-22 Treatment of pluripotent cells

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (3) US8623648B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2283114B1 (en)
JP (4) JP2011518563A (en)
KR (4) KR20160070157A (en)
CN (2) CN107189978A (en)
AU (1) AU2009239447B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0910738A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2722623C (en)
ES (2) ES2624713T3 (en)
MX (1) MX2010011738A (en)
PH (2) PH12014502257A1 (en)
PL (2) PL2283114T3 (en)
RU (2) RU2528764C2 (en)
SG (2) SG190577A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2009132068A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201008392B (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011064549A3 (en) * 2009-11-27 2011-09-01 Stem Cells For Safer Medicines Limited Composition and method for differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
JP2014500283A (en) * 2010-12-23 2014-01-09 ヨハネス、グーテンベルク−ウニフェルジテート、マインツ Conjugated 3- (indolyl)-and 3- (azaindolyl) -4-arylmaleimide compounds and their use in tumor treatment
US9981964B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2018-05-29 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Maleimide derivatives as modulators of wnt pathway
US10487313B2 (en) 2011-06-21 2019-11-26 Novo Nordisk A/S Efficient induction of definitive endoderm from pluripotent stem cells
WO2020243663A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
WO2020243666A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
WO2020243668A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Cell encapsulation devices with controlled oxygen diffusion distances
WO2020243665A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
CN114040966A (en) * 2019-07-08 2022-02-11 国立大学法人东京工业大学 Method for producing insulin-producing cell using dihydroindolizinone derivative

Families Citing this family (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8017395B2 (en) 2004-12-17 2011-09-13 Lifescan, Inc. Seeding cells on porous supports
US9080145B2 (en) 2007-07-01 2015-07-14 Lifescan Corporation Single pluripotent stem cell culture
KR101617243B1 (en) 2007-07-31 2016-05-02 라이프스캔, 인코포레이티드 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
EP2229434B1 (en) 2007-11-27 2011-09-07 Lifescan, Inc. Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
CN102046779A (en) 2008-02-21 2011-05-04 森托科尔奥索生物科技公司 Methods, surface modified plates and compositions for cell attachment, cultivation and detachment
US8623648B2 (en) * 2008-04-24 2014-01-07 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Treatment of pluripotent cells
US7939322B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2011-05-10 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. Cells expressing pluripotency markers and expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm
PL2310492T3 (en) 2008-06-30 2015-12-31 Janssen Biotech Inc Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells
KR102025158B1 (en) 2008-10-31 2019-09-25 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells to the pancreatic endocrine lineage
AU2009308967C1 (en) 2008-10-31 2017-04-20 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells to the pancreatic endocrine lineage
MX356756B (en) 2008-11-20 2018-06-11 Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc Pluripotent stem cell culture on micro-carriers.
AU2009316583B2 (en) 2008-11-20 2016-04-21 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Methods and compositions for cell attachment and cultivation on planar substrates
EP2456862A4 (en) 2009-07-20 2013-02-27 Janssen Biotech Inc Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
US9005604B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2015-04-14 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Aligned and electrospun piezoelectric polymer fiber assembly and scaffold
CN102741395B (en) 2009-12-23 2016-03-16 詹森生物科技公司 The differentiation of human embryo stem cell
RU2702198C2 (en) 2010-03-01 2019-10-04 Янссен Байотек, Инк. Methods for purifying cells derived from pluripotent stem cells
RU2587634C2 (en) 2010-05-12 2016-06-20 Янссен Байотек, Инк. Differentiation of human embryo stem cells
KR101851956B1 (en) 2010-08-31 2018-04-25 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
BR112013004614A2 (en) 2010-08-31 2024-01-16 Janssen Biotech Inc DIFFERENTIATION OF PLURIPOTENT STEM CELLS
WO2012030539A2 (en) 2010-08-31 2012-03-08 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
KR102203056B1 (en) 2011-12-22 2021-01-14 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into single hormonal insulin positive cells
SG11201405052RA (en) 2012-03-07 2014-10-30 Janssen Biotech Inc Defined media for expansion and maintenance of pluripotent stem cells
CN108034633B (en) 2012-06-08 2022-08-02 詹森生物科技公司 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells
MX2014015419A (en) * 2012-06-14 2015-07-14 Janssen Biotech Inc Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells.
US10370644B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2019-08-06 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Method for making human pluripotent suspension cultures and cells derived therefrom
AU2013368224B2 (en) * 2012-12-31 2018-09-27 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells using HB9 regulators
BR112015015714A2 (en) 2012-12-31 2017-07-11 Janssen Biotech Inc suspension and agglomeration of human pluripotent cells for differentiation into pancreatic endocrine cells
EP2938724B1 (en) 2012-12-31 2020-10-28 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Culturing of human embryonic stem cells at the air-liquid interface for differentiation into pancreatic endocrine cells
MX2015017103A (en) 2013-06-11 2016-11-07 Harvard College Sc-î² cells and compositions and methods for generating the same.
EP3143127B1 (en) 2014-05-16 2021-07-14 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Use of small molecules to enhance mafa expression in pancreatic endocrine cells
EP3234110B1 (en) 2014-12-18 2024-02-28 President and Fellows of Harvard College METHODS FOR GENERATING STEM CELL-DERIVED ß CELLS AND USES THEREOF
WO2016100930A1 (en) 2014-12-18 2016-06-23 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods for generating stem cell-derived b cells and methods of use thereof
WO2016100898A1 (en) 2014-12-18 2016-06-23 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Serum-free in vitro directed differentiation protocol for generating stem cell-derived b cells and uses thereof
MA45479A (en) 2016-04-14 2019-02-20 Janssen Biotech Inc DIFFERENTIATION OF PLURIPOTENT STEM CELLS IN ENDODERMAL CELLS OF MIDDLE INTESTINE
US10767164B2 (en) 2017-03-30 2020-09-08 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York Microenvironments for self-assembly of islet organoids from stem cells differentiation
IL305391B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2024-09-01 Vertex Pharma Islet cell manufacturing compositions and methods of use
CN111630052B (en) * 2018-01-18 2023-04-18 第一三共株式会社 Dihydroindazinone derivatives
EP3833365A4 (en) 2018-08-10 2022-05-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Stem cell derived islet differentiation
JP2022520671A (en) 2019-02-08 2022-03-31 フリークエンシー・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Valproic acid compounds and WNT agonists for the treatment of ear disorders

Family Cites Families (162)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3935067A (en) * 1974-11-22 1976-01-27 Wyo-Ben Products, Inc. Inorganic support for culture media
CA1201400A (en) 1982-04-16 1986-03-04 Joel L. Williams Chemically specific surfaces for influencing cell activity during culture
US4557264A (en) 1984-04-09 1985-12-10 Ethicon Inc. Surgical filament from polypropylene blended with polyethylene
US5089396A (en) * 1985-10-03 1992-02-18 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding β chain prodomains of inhibin and method for synthesizing polypeptides using such nucleic acid
US5215893A (en) * 1985-10-03 1993-06-01 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding the ba chain prodomains of inhibin and method for synthesizing polypeptides using such nucleic acid
US4737578A (en) * 1986-02-10 1988-04-12 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Human inhibin
US5863531A (en) * 1986-04-18 1999-01-26 Advanced Tissue Sciences, Inc. In vitro preparation of tubular tissue structures by stromal cell culture on a three-dimensional framework
US5567612A (en) * 1986-11-20 1996-10-22 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Genitourinary cell-matrix structure for implantation into a human and a method of making
CA1340581C (en) * 1986-11-20 1999-06-08 Joseph P. Vacanti Chimeric neomorphogenesis of organs by controlled cellular implantation using artificial matrices
US5759830A (en) * 1986-11-20 1998-06-02 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Three-dimensional fibrous scaffold containing attached cells for producing vascularized tissue in vivo
NZ229354A (en) 1988-07-01 1990-09-26 Becton Dickinson Co Treating polymer surfaces with a gas plasma and then applying a layer of endothelial cells to the surface
EP0363125A3 (en) 1988-10-03 1990-08-16 Hana Biologics Inc. Proliferated pancreatic endocrine cell product and process
US5837539A (en) * 1990-11-16 1998-11-17 Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies for human mesenchymal stem cells
DK0628639T3 (en) 1991-04-25 2000-01-24 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Reconstituted human antibody to human interleukin-6 receptor
US5449383A (en) * 1992-03-18 1995-09-12 Chatelier; Ronald C. Cell growth substrates
GB9206861D0 (en) 1992-03-28 1992-05-13 Univ Manchester Wound healing and treatment of fibrotic disorders
JP3525221B2 (en) 1993-02-17 2004-05-10 味の素株式会社 Immunosuppressants
US5523226A (en) * 1993-05-14 1996-06-04 Biotechnology Research And Development Corp. Transgenic swine compositions and methods
GB9310557D0 (en) * 1993-05-21 1993-07-07 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel process and apparatus
US5834308A (en) * 1994-04-28 1998-11-10 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. In vitro growth of functional islets of Langerhans
US6001647A (en) 1994-04-28 1999-12-14 Ixion Biotechnology, Inc. In vitro growth of functional islets of Langerhans and in vivo uses thereof
US6703017B1 (en) * 1994-04-28 2004-03-09 Ixion Biotechnology, Inc. Reversal of insulin-dependent diabetes by islet-producing stem cells, islet progenitor cells and islet-like structures
JP4079461B2 (en) 1994-12-29 2008-04-23 中外製薬株式会社 Action enhancer for antitumor agent comprising IL-6 antagonist
US5843780A (en) * 1995-01-20 1998-12-01 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Primate embryonic stem cells
US5718922A (en) * 1995-05-31 1998-02-17 Schepens Eye Research Institute, Inc. Intravitreal microsphere drug delivery and method of preparation
US5908782A (en) * 1995-06-05 1999-06-01 Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. Chemically defined medium for human mesenchymal stem cells
UA65572C2 (en) * 1997-04-24 2004-04-15 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc Substituted imidazoles, intermediate compounds for the preparation thereof, a method for the preparation of substituted imidazoles and a method for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
DK1028737T3 (en) * 1997-07-03 2007-08-13 Osiris Therapeutics Inc Human mesenchymal peripheral blood stem cells
US6670127B2 (en) 1997-09-16 2003-12-30 Egea Biosciences, Inc. Method for assembly of a polynucleotide encoding a target polypeptide
WO1999014318A1 (en) * 1997-09-16 1999-03-25 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method for the complete chemical synthesis and assembly of genes and genomes
JP3880795B2 (en) 1997-10-23 2007-02-14 ジェロン・コーポレーション Method for growing primate-derived primordial stem cells in a culture that does not contain feeder cells
AR014195A1 (en) * 1997-12-29 2001-02-07 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc USEFUL TRIFENYLPROPANAMIDE COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY PROCESSES, ANTI-INFLAMMATORY COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE THEM, AND METHODS TO PREPARE THEM
US6328960B1 (en) 1998-03-18 2001-12-11 Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. Mesenchymal stem cells for prevention and treatment of immune responses in transplantation
MY132496A (en) * 1998-05-11 2007-10-31 Vertex Pharma Inhibitors of p38
US7410798B2 (en) 2001-01-10 2008-08-12 Geron Corporation Culture system for rapid expansion of human embryonic stem cells
US6667176B1 (en) 2000-01-11 2003-12-23 Geron Corporation cDNA libraries reflecting gene expression during growth and differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells
US6610540B1 (en) 1998-11-18 2003-08-26 California Institute Of Technology Low oxygen culturing of central nervous system progenitor cells
NZ512028A (en) * 1998-12-01 2003-07-25 Specialties Const Wall protection assembly having a reatiner and a cover with an end wall that curves smoothly away in the lengthwise direction of a straight portion of the cover so as to overlie and conceal the lengthwise end of the retainer
US6413556B1 (en) * 1999-01-08 2002-07-02 Sky High, Llc Aqueous anti-apoptotic compositions
EP1144597A2 (en) * 1999-01-21 2001-10-17 Vitro Diagnostics, Inc. Immortalized cell lines and methods of making the same
US6815203B1 (en) * 1999-06-23 2004-11-09 Joslin Diabetes Center, Inc. Methods of making pancreatic islet cells
US6333029B1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2001-12-25 Ethicon, Inc. Porous tissue scaffoldings for the repair of regeneration of tissue
US6306424B1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2001-10-23 Ethicon, Inc. Foam composite for the repair or regeneration of tissue
US6685936B2 (en) * 1999-10-12 2004-02-03 Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. Suppressor cells induced by culture with mesenchymal stem cells for treatment of immune responses in transplantation
US20030082155A1 (en) 1999-12-06 2003-05-01 Habener Joel F. Stem cells of the islets of langerhans and their use in treating diabetes mellitus
US6753153B2 (en) 1999-12-13 2004-06-22 The Scripps Research Institute Markers for identification and isolation of pancreatic islet α and β progenitors
US7439064B2 (en) * 2000-03-09 2008-10-21 Wicell Research Institute, Inc. Cultivation of human embryonic stem cells in the absence of feeder cells or without conditioned medium
US7005252B1 (en) * 2000-03-09 2006-02-28 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Serum free cultivation of primate embryonic stem cells
US6436704B1 (en) * 2000-04-10 2002-08-20 Raven Biotechnologies, Inc. Human pancreatic epithelial progenitor cells and methods of isolation and use thereof
US6458589B1 (en) * 2000-04-27 2002-10-01 Geron Corporation Hepatocyte lineage cells derived from pluripotent stem cells
KR100947577B1 (en) * 2000-06-26 2010-03-15 엔씨 메디컬 리서치 가부시키가이샤 Cell fraction containing cells capable of differentiating into nervous system cells
DK1333833T3 (en) * 2000-10-23 2011-12-12 Glaxosmithkline Llc New trisubstituted 8H-pyridol [2,3-d] pyrimidin-7-one compound for the treatment of CSBP / RK / p38 kinase-mediated diseases
AU2737102A (en) 2000-12-08 2002-06-18 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc Macroheterocylic compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
ES2263681T3 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-12-16 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. INDAZOLIL-SUBSTITUTED PIRROLINE COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF THE KINASA.
US6599323B2 (en) * 2000-12-21 2003-07-29 Ethicon, Inc. Reinforced tissue implants and methods of manufacture and use
US6656488B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2003-12-02 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Bioabsorbable bag containing bioabsorbable materials of different bioabsorption rates for tissue engineering
EP1379626A2 (en) * 2001-04-19 2004-01-14 DeveloGen Aktiengesellschaft für entwicklungsbiologische Forschung A method for differentiating stem cells into insulin-producing cells
WO2002088335A1 (en) 2001-04-24 2002-11-07 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Stem cells and method of separating the same
CA2447015A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-11-21 Rappaport Family Institute For Research In The Medical Sciences Insulin producing cells derived from human embryonic stem cells
US6626950B2 (en) 2001-06-28 2003-09-30 Ethicon, Inc. Composite scaffold with post anchor for the repair and regeneration of tissue
KR100418195B1 (en) 2001-07-05 2004-02-11 주식회사 우리기술 Apparatus and method for multi-testing insulation of power cables
GB0117583D0 (en) * 2001-07-19 2001-09-12 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
WO2003014313A2 (en) * 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Bresagen, Ltd. Alternative compositions and methods for the culture of stem cells
US6617152B2 (en) * 2001-09-04 2003-09-09 Corning Inc Method for creating a cell growth surface on a polymeric substrate
US20030138951A1 (en) * 2001-10-18 2003-07-24 Li Yin Conversion of liver stem and progenitor cells to pancreatic functional cells
JP4330995B2 (en) 2001-11-15 2009-09-16 チルドレンズ メディカル センター コーポレーション Methods for isolating, proliferating, and differentiating fetal stem cells from chorionic villi, amniotic fluid, and placenta, and methods for their therapeutic use
WO2003050249A2 (en) * 2001-12-07 2003-06-19 Geron Corporation Islet cells from human embryonic stem cells
US20030162290A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-08-28 Kazutomo Inoue Method for inducing differentiation of embryonic stem cells into functioning cells
JPWO2003087349A1 (en) * 2002-04-17 2005-08-18 大塚製薬株式会社 Method of forming pancreatic β cells from mesenchymal cells
US20040161419A1 (en) * 2002-04-19 2004-08-19 Strom Stephen C. Placental stem cells and uses thereof
EP1506192B1 (en) * 2002-05-08 2008-02-27 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Substituted pyrroline kinase inhibitors
US20060003446A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2006-01-05 Gordon Keller Mesoderm and definitive endoderm cell populations
BR0311360A (en) 2002-05-28 2006-06-06 Becton Dickinson Co methods for in vitro expansion and transdifferentiation of human pancreatic acinar cells into insulin producing cells
JP2005531609A (en) * 2002-06-05 2005-10-20 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Cisindolyl-maleimide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US6877147B2 (en) * 2002-07-22 2005-04-05 Broadcom Corporation Technique to assess timing delay by use of layout quality analyzer comparison
US7838290B2 (en) * 2002-07-25 2010-11-23 The Scripps Research Institute Hematopoietic stem cells and methods of treatment of neovascular eye diseases therewith
CA2494040A1 (en) 2002-07-29 2004-02-05 Es Cell International Pte Ltd. Multi-step method for the differentiation of insulin positive, glucose
AU2003262628A1 (en) 2002-08-14 2004-03-03 University Of Florida Bone marrow cell differentiation
AU2003268534A1 (en) * 2002-09-06 2004-03-29 Amcyte Inc. Cd56 positive human adult pancreatic endocrine progenitor cells
US9969977B2 (en) * 2002-09-20 2018-05-15 Garnet Biotherapeutics Cell populations which co-express CD49c and CD90
US20040062753A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-01 Alireza Rezania Composite scaffolds seeded with mammalian cells
US7144999B2 (en) * 2002-11-23 2006-12-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression
JP4613069B2 (en) 2002-12-16 2011-01-12 テクニオン リサーチ アンド ディベロップメント ファウンデーション リミテッド Method for preparing feeder cell-free and xeno-free human embryonic stem cells and stem cell culture prepared using them
US20070154981A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2007-07-05 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Insulin-producing cells derived from stem cells
WO2004073633A2 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-09-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and compositions for modulating the development of stem cells
CA2520861A1 (en) 2003-03-27 2004-10-14 Ixion Biotechnology, Inc. Method for transdifferentiation of non-pancreatic stem cells to the pancreatic pathway
WO2004090110A2 (en) 2003-03-31 2004-10-21 Bresagen Inc. Compositions and methods for the control, differentiation and/or manipulation of pluripotent cells through a gamma-secretase signaling pathway
US20090203141A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2009-08-13 Shi-Lung Lin Generation of tumor-free embryonic stem-like pluripotent cells using inducible recombinant RNA agents
PL1641914T3 (en) * 2003-06-27 2017-01-31 DePuy Synthes Products, Inc. Postpartum cells derived from placental tissue, and methods of making and using the same
IL161903A0 (en) * 2003-07-17 2005-11-20 Gamida Cell Ltd Ex vivo progenitor and stem cell expansion for usein the treatment of disease of endodermally- deri ved organs
ITRM20030395A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-13 Istituto Naz Per Le Malattie Infettive Lazz CULTURE GROUND FOR MAINTENANCE, PROLIFERATION AND DIFFERENTIATION OF MAMMALIAN CELLS.
US20050042595A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Martin Haas Banking of multipotent amniotic fetal stem cells
US7157275B2 (en) * 2003-08-15 2007-01-02 Becton, Dickinson And Company Peptides for enhanced cell attachment and growth
US20060205072A1 (en) * 2003-08-27 2006-09-14 Nobuko Uchida Enriched pancreatic stem cell and progenitor cell populations, and methods for identifying, isolating and enriching for such populations
EP1696899A1 (en) * 2003-12-17 2006-09-06 Allergan, Inc. Methods for treating retinoid responsive disorders using selective inhibitors of cyp26a and cyp26b
US20060030042A1 (en) * 2003-12-19 2006-02-09 Ali Brivanlou Maintenance of embryonic stem cells by the GSK-3 inhibitor 6-bromoindirubin-3'-oxime
US20050266554A1 (en) 2004-04-27 2005-12-01 D Amour Kevin A PDX1 expressing endoderm
CN103898045B (en) * 2003-12-23 2019-02-01 维亚希特公司 Definitive entoderm
US7625753B2 (en) * 2003-12-23 2009-12-01 Cythera, Inc. Expansion of definitive endoderm cells
TWI334443B (en) * 2003-12-31 2010-12-11 Ind Tech Res Inst Method of single cell culture of undifferentiated human embryonic stem cells
WO2005065354A2 (en) * 2003-12-31 2005-07-21 The Burnham Institute Defined media for pluripotent stem cell culture
WO2005071066A1 (en) * 2004-01-23 2005-08-04 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods and compositions for preparing pancreatic insulin secreting cells
WO2005080598A1 (en) * 2004-02-19 2005-09-01 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Method of screening somatic cell nucleus initializer
US20060281174A1 (en) 2004-03-09 2006-12-14 Gang Xu Methods for generating insulin-producing cells
EP1730261A4 (en) 2004-03-10 2007-11-28 Univ California Compositions and methods for growth of embryonic stem cells
AU2005230832B2 (en) * 2004-04-01 2010-11-11 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Differentiation of stem cells to endoderm and pancreatic lineage
DK2377922T3 (en) 2004-04-27 2020-05-04 Viacyte Inc PDX1-expressing endoderm
CN102925406B (en) 2004-07-09 2019-11-22 维亚希特公司 Method of the identification for the factor of differentiating definitive endoderm
WO2006020919A2 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-02-23 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Compositions and methods for self-renewal and differentiation in human embryonic stem cells
US20080268533A1 (en) * 2004-08-25 2008-10-30 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and Compositions Utilizing Myc and Gsk3Beta to Manipulate the Pluripotency of Embryonic Stem Cells
DE102004043256B4 (en) 2004-09-07 2013-09-19 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Scalable process for culturing undifferentiated stem cells in suspension
KR20070058584A (en) * 2004-09-08 2007-06-08 위스콘신 얼럼나이 리서어치 화운데이션 Culturing human embryonic stem cells
JP5420837B2 (en) 2004-09-08 2014-02-19 ウィスコンシン アラムニ リサーチ ファンデーション Embryonic stem cell culture and culture
JP2008528038A (en) * 2005-01-31 2008-07-31 エス セル インターナショナル ピーティーイー リミテッド Directed differentiation of embryonic stem cells and their use
ES2627419T3 (en) 2005-03-04 2017-07-28 Lifescan, Inc. Adult stromal cells derived from the pancreas
GB0505970D0 (en) 2005-03-23 2005-04-27 Univ Edinburgh Culture medium containing kinase inhibitor, and uses thereof
US20080208351A1 (en) 2005-04-26 2008-08-28 Aarhus Universitet Biocompatible Material for Surgical Implants and Cell Guiding Tissue Culture Surfaces
US20100234400A1 (en) 2005-06-10 2010-09-16 Irm Llc Compounds that maintain pluripotency of embryonic stem cells
WO2006138433A2 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Induction of cell differentiation by class i bhlh polypeptides
EP1931764A1 (en) 2005-06-21 2008-06-18 GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences AB Method for cell culture
NZ564179A (en) 2005-06-30 2010-09-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Cyclic anilino - pyridinotriazines as GSK-3 inhibitors
US20080194021A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2008-08-14 Mays Robert W Use of a Gsk-3 Inhibitor to Maintain Potency of Culture Cells
US20090087907A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2009-04-02 Alice Pebay Compositions and Methods for Growth of Pluripotent Cells
KR20080056182A (en) 2005-09-02 2008-06-20 에이전시 포 사이언스, 테크놀로지 앤드 리서치 Method of deriving mesenchymal stem cells
GB2444686B (en) * 2005-09-12 2010-08-25 Es Cell Int Pte Ltd Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells using p38 MAPK inhibitors or prostaglandins
EP1941032A2 (en) 2005-10-14 2008-07-09 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Differentiation of non-embryonic stem cells to cells having a pancreatic phenotype
CA2626152A1 (en) * 2005-10-24 2007-05-03 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Methods of specifying mesodermal, endodermal and mesoendodermal cell fates
EP1957636B1 (en) 2005-10-27 2018-07-04 Viacyte, Inc. Pdx1-expressing dorsal and ventral foregut endoderm
EP3418297B1 (en) * 2005-12-13 2023-04-05 Kyoto University Nuclear reprogramming factor
WO2007082963A1 (en) 2006-01-18 2007-07-26 Fundación Instituto Valenciano De Infertilidad Human embryo stem-cell lines and methods for using same
SG170021A1 (en) * 2006-02-23 2011-04-29 Novocell Inc Compositions and methods useful for culturing differentiable cells
US7695965B2 (en) * 2006-03-02 2010-04-13 Cythera, Inc. Methods of producing pancreatic hormones
EP2650359B1 (en) 2006-03-02 2022-05-04 Viacyte, Inc. Endocrine precursor cells, pancreatic hormone-expressing cells and methods of production
US8741643B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2014-06-03 Lifescan, Inc. Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells to definitive endoderm lineage
US20070259423A1 (en) 2006-05-02 2007-11-08 Jon Odorico Method of differentiating stem cells into cells of the endoderm and pancreatic lineage
US7964402B2 (en) 2006-05-25 2011-06-21 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Methods for culture and production of single cell populations of human embryonic stem cells
US8415153B2 (en) 2006-06-19 2013-04-09 Geron Corporation Differentiation and enrichment of islet-like cells from human pluripotent stem cells
US20080003676A1 (en) 2006-06-26 2008-01-03 Millipore Corporation Growth of embryonic stem cells
WO2008036447A2 (en) 2006-06-26 2008-03-27 Lifescan, Inc. Pluripotent stem cell culture
WO2008004990A2 (en) 2006-07-06 2008-01-10 Es Cell International Pte Ltd Method for stem cell culture and cells derived therefrom
WO2008013664A2 (en) 2006-07-26 2008-01-31 Cythera, Inc. Methods of producing pancreatic hormones
JP2008099662A (en) 2006-09-22 2008-05-01 Institute Of Physical & Chemical Research Method for culturing stem cell
WO2008039521A2 (en) * 2006-09-26 2008-04-03 Nmt Medical, Inc. Method for modifying a medical implant surface for promoting tissue growth
WO2008048647A1 (en) 2006-10-17 2008-04-24 Cythera, Inc. Modulation of the phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase pathway in the differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
CA2666789C (en) 2006-10-18 2016-11-22 Yong Zhao Embryonic-like stem cells derived from adult human peripheral blood and methods of use
WO2008094597A2 (en) 2007-01-30 2008-08-07 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Early mesoderm cells, a stable population of mesendoderm cells that has utility for generation of endoderm and mesoderm lineages and multipotent migratory cells (mmc)
GB0703188D0 (en) 2007-02-19 2007-03-28 Roger Land Building Large scale production of stem cells
BRPI0814425A2 (en) * 2007-07-18 2014-10-21 Lifescan Inc DIFFERENTIATION OF HUMAN EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS
KR101617243B1 (en) 2007-07-31 2016-05-02 라이프스캔, 인코포레이티드 Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
EP2229434B1 (en) 2007-11-27 2011-09-07 Lifescan, Inc. Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
SG154367A1 (en) 2008-01-31 2009-08-28 Es Cell Int Pte Ltd Method of differentiating stem cells
EP2250252A2 (en) 2008-02-11 2010-11-17 Cambridge Enterprise Limited Improved reprogramming of mammalian cells, and the cells obtained
CN102046779A (en) 2008-02-21 2011-05-04 森托科尔奥索生物科技公司 Methods, surface modified plates and compositions for cell attachment, cultivation and detachment
SG188918A1 (en) * 2008-03-17 2013-04-30 Agency Science Tech & Res
WO2009131568A1 (en) 2008-04-21 2009-10-29 Cythera, Inc. Methods for purifying endoderm and pancreatic endoderm cells derived from human embryonic stem cells
US8623648B2 (en) * 2008-04-24 2014-01-07 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Treatment of pluripotent cells
US20090298178A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-12-03 D Amour Kevin Allen Growth factors for production of definitive endoderm
PL2310492T3 (en) * 2008-06-30 2015-12-31 Janssen Biotech Inc Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells
DE102008032236A1 (en) 2008-06-30 2010-04-01 Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen Isolation and / or identification of stem cells with adipocytic, chondrocytic and pancreatic differentiation potential
US20100028307A1 (en) 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 O'neil John J Pluripotent stem cell differentiation
US8008075B2 (en) * 2008-11-04 2011-08-30 Viacyte, Inc. Stem cell aggregate suspension compositions and methods of differentiation thereof
SG177416A1 (en) 2009-07-20 2012-02-28 Janssen Biotech Inc Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011064549A3 (en) * 2009-11-27 2011-09-01 Stem Cells For Safer Medicines Limited Composition and method for differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
US8815590B2 (en) 2009-11-27 2014-08-26 Stem Cells For Safer Medicines Limited Composition and method for differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
JP2014500283A (en) * 2010-12-23 2014-01-09 ヨハネス、グーテンベルク−ウニフェルジテート、マインツ Conjugated 3- (indolyl)-and 3- (azaindolyl) -4-arylmaleimide compounds and their use in tumor treatment
US10487313B2 (en) 2011-06-21 2019-11-26 Novo Nordisk A/S Efficient induction of definitive endoderm from pluripotent stem cells
US9981964B2 (en) 2013-12-17 2018-05-29 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Maleimide derivatives as modulators of wnt pathway
WO2020243663A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
WO2020243666A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
WO2020243668A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Cell encapsulation devices with controlled oxygen diffusion distances
WO2020243665A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. A biocompatible membrane composite
CN114040966A (en) * 2019-07-08 2022-02-11 国立大学法人东京工业大学 Method for producing insulin-producing cell using dihydroindolizinone derivative
EP3998107A4 (en) * 2019-07-08 2023-07-26 Tokyo Institute of Technology Method for producing insulin-producing cell using dihydroindolizinone derivatives
JP7553030B2 (en) 2019-07-08 2024-09-18 国立大学法人東京工業大学 A method for producing insulin-producing cells using dihydroindolizinone derivatives

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2015119724A (en) 2015-07-02
JP2011518563A (en) 2011-06-30
KR101658876B1 (en) 2016-09-22
EP2283114A2 (en) 2011-02-16
CN102105580A (en) 2011-06-22
RU2010147818A (en) 2012-05-27
CA2722623A1 (en) 2009-10-29
KR20160070157A (en) 2016-06-17
RU2528764C2 (en) 2014-09-20
WO2009132068A3 (en) 2009-12-17
CA2722623C (en) 2016-06-28
US20180127723A1 (en) 2018-05-10
US20090325293A1 (en) 2009-12-31
KR20110004879A (en) 2011-01-14
BRPI0910738A2 (en) 2019-12-03
KR20180091974A (en) 2018-08-16
RU2014128548A (en) 2016-02-10
AU2009239447A1 (en) 2009-10-29
CA2926674C (en) 2019-10-15
CN102105580B (en) 2017-06-27
AU2009239447B2 (en) 2015-11-05
KR20170110742A (en) 2017-10-11
ES2656265T3 (en) 2018-02-26
EP2664669A1 (en) 2013-11-20
PL2283114T3 (en) 2017-08-31
ZA201008392B (en) 2016-07-27
PH12014502258A1 (en) 2015-09-07
PL2664669T3 (en) 2018-06-29
EP2664669B1 (en) 2017-12-27
MX2010011738A (en) 2010-11-22
US8623648B2 (en) 2014-01-07
EP2283114B1 (en) 2017-03-01
SG190577A1 (en) 2013-06-28
JP2017012184A (en) 2017-01-19
PH12014502257A1 (en) 2015-09-07
CA2926674A1 (en) 2009-10-29
CN107189978A (en) 2017-09-22
JP2018057397A (en) 2018-04-12
ES2624713T3 (en) 2017-07-17
US9845460B2 (en) 2017-12-19
US20140080210A1 (en) 2014-03-20
SG10201802522SA (en) 2018-05-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20180127723A1 (en) Treatment of pluripotent cells
US20130337564A1 (en) Treatment of Pluripotent Cells
KR101555824B1 (en) Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
US7939322B2 (en) Cells expressing pluripotency markers and expressing markers characteristic of the definitive endoderm
KR101617243B1 (en) Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
JP6218605B2 (en) Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
KR20120104386A (en) Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells
AU2017202571B2 (en) Treatment of pluripotent cells
AU2013277528A1 (en) Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200980124647.2

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09735702

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009239447

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12010502306

Country of ref document: PH

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2722623

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011506409

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3987/KOLNP/2010

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: MX/A/2010/011738

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009239447

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20090422

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20107025913

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2009735702

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009735702

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010147818

Country of ref document: RU

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: PI0910738

Country of ref document: BR

Free format text: APRESENTE DOCUMENTO DE CESSAO DA PRIORIDADE US 12/108,852 DE CENTOCOR, INC. PARA CENTOCOR ORTHO BIOTECH INC. OU DOCUMENTO DE ALTERACAO DE NOME, SE FOR O CASO.

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0910738

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20101025